User manual for Hilti Profis Anchor software to allow design of post-installed anchors to US design methods such as ACI 318

© All Rights Reserved

522 tayangan

User manual for Hilti Profis Anchor software to allow design of post-installed anchors to US design methods such as ACI 318

© All Rights Reserved

- LY and LZ Explained.pdf
- Deflection Limits for Crane
- ACI 355.4M-11 - Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete and Commentary (Metric)
- Solution of SOM Problems
- 21 Design of Leaf Springs
- aluminium-2014-t6-2014-t651
- AISC Night School 16 Session 5
- OBE Lecture Plan EME1066 2011 12 Rev5
- Calculated Engineering for chassis
- Project Green Sohaib Anwar114883
- HILTI Profis Users Manual v1.10
- EIJCSE2040
- Seismic Design Steel Structures 2005
- jjj
- push 13 2012.pdf
- ProfArtsPharm HoQ YQ-2
- HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design Guide
- Duct Ility
- Ciprotec - PIB - 1. Auflage - Engl.
- mae 311 gate 4 final version-2

Anda di halaman 1dari 293

Design Guide

Anchor design at a click.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Table of Contents

1

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Tension . . . . . . 5

Tension Steel Strength . . . . . . . 6

Equations N

sa

cast-in-place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Equations N

sa

post-installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Equations N

sa

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Variables A

se,n

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Variables f

uta

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Calculations N

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Results N

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Results

steel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Results N

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . . 13

Equations A

nc

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Equations A

Nc0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Equations N

b

D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Equations N

b

D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Equations N

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Equations N

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Equations

Ncb

or

Ncbg

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Equations

cp,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Equations

ec,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Equations

ed,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Variables c

a,min

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Variables c

ac

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Variables e

c1,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Variables e

c2,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Variables h

ef

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Variables k

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Variables

c,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Calculations A

Nc

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Calculations A

Nc0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Calculations N

b

D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Calculations N

b

D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Calculations

cp,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Calculations

ec1,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Calculations

ec2,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Calculations

ed,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Results N

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Results N

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Results N

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Results N

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Table of Contents

2

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . 52

Equations N

pn,

f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Equations N

pn,fc

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Variables N

p,2500

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Variables

c,p

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Calculations (f

c

2500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Results N

pn,

f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Results N

pn,

f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . . . . 61

Equations N

P

= 8A

brg

f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Equations N

Pn

=

c,P

N

P

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Equations N

pn

N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Variables A

brg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Variables

c,p

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Calculations N

P

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Results N

pn

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Results N

pn

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . 69

Equations A

Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Equations A

Na0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Equations c

cr,na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Equations N

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Equations N

a0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Equations N

ag

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Equations N

a

or N

ag

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Equations

ec,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Equations

ed,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Equations

g,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Equations

g,Na0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Equations

p,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Equations s

cr,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Equations

,max

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Variables c

a,min

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Variables c

ac

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Variables d

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Variables e

c1,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Variables e

c2,N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Variables h

ef

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Variables

bond

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Variables k

c,xxx

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Variables s

avg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Variables

k,uncr

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Variables

k,xxxx

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Calculations A

Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Calculations A

Na0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Calculations c

cr,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Calculations N

a0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Calculations

ec1,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Calculations

ec2,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Calculations

ed,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Calculations

g,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Calculations

g,Na0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Calculations

p,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Calculations s

cr,Na

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Calculations

k,max,xxxx

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Results

N,seis

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Results N

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Results N

ag

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Results

N,seis

N

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Results

N,seis

N

ag

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Results

bond

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Table of Contents

3

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength

for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . 114

Equations

corner

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Equations

group

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Equations N

sb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Equations N

sbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Equations N

sb

or N

sbg

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Variables A

brg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Variables c

a1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Variables c

a2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Variables s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Calculations

group

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Calculations

corner

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Results N

sb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Results N

sbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Results N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Results N

sb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Results N

sbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Shear . . . . . . . . 129

Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . . 130

Anchor Steel Strength in Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Equations V

sa

for Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Equations V

sa

for Headed Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Equations V

sa

for Headed Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Equations V

sa

Seismic for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Equations V

sa

Static for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Equations V

sa

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Variables

V,seis

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Variables A

se,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Variables f

uta

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Variables V

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Calculations V

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Results V

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Results V

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Results

eb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Results

steel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Results V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . 142

Equations A

Vc

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Equations A

Vc0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Equations V

cb

or V

cbg

V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Equations

ec,v

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Equations

ed,v

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Equations

h,v

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Equations V

b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Equations V

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Equations V

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Variables c

a1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Variables c

a2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Variables d

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Variables e

V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Variables f

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Variables h

a

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Variables l

e

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Variables

c,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Variables

parallel,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Calculations A

Vc

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Calculations A

Vc0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Calculations

ec,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Calculations

ed,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Calculations

h,V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Calculations V

b

Equation D-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Calculations V

b

Equation D-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Results V

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Results V

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Results V

cb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Results V

cbg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Results V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . . 171

Equations V

cp

or V

cpg

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Equations V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Equations V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Variables k

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Calculations V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Calculations V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Results V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Results V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Results V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Results V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Results V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Table of Contents

4

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . 185

Equations V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Equations V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Equations V

cp

or V

cpg

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Variables k

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Calculations V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Calculations V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Results V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Results V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Results V

cp

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Results V

cpg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Results

concrete

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Results

seismic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Results V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . . 196

Equations Stand-off Condition None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Equations V

s

m

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Equations M

S

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Equations M

S

0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Equations S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Equations L

b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Equations (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Equations V

s

M

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Variables

M

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Variables f

u,min

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Variables N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Variables z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Variables d

0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Variables N

sa

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Calculations L

b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Calculations M

S

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Calculations M

S

0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Calculations S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Calculations (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Results V

s

M

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Results

nonductile

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Results

steel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Results V

S

M

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Results V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . . 215

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . . 227

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Factored Load Calculations . . . . . . . 263

Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Equation N

n

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Equation V

n

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Resultant Tension and Shear Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away From Edge . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Interaction Calculations . . . . . . . 280

Equations Tri-Linear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Equations Parabolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Calculations % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Base Plate Calculations . . . . . . . 283

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Neutral Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Eccentricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Tension

5

The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about

the following:

Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08

Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308

PROFIS Anchor design assumptions

Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for

the information provided in the Design Report. Questions

about a particular section in the Design Report output can be

referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design

Guide.

The TENSION section of the Design Guide provides

information on the tension design strengths calculated using

PROFIS Anchor.

Tension Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors . . . . . 52

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . 61

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . 69

Tension Side-Face Blowout

Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . . 114

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension

Tension Steel Strength

6

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

sa

cast-in-place

Equations Reference Comments

cast-in-place anchors

N

sa

= nA

se,N

f

uta

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-3) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in

tension (N

sa

) for a single cast-in-place anchor.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-3) in the Equations section of the Steel

Strength design parameters.

Equations N

sa

post-installed

Equations Reference Comments

post-installed anchors

N

sa

= see ICC-ES ESR-xxxx

Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the selected anchor.

When designing post-installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor uses a pre-calculated

value for the Nominal Steel Strength in tension (N

sa

) that is given in the

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor. This value corresponds to

Nominal Steel Strength (N

sa

) for a single anchor calculated using EQ. (D-3).

The Design Report for post-installed anchors shows EQ. (D-3) in the

Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters but references

the ESR from which the value for N

sa

has been taken.

Equations N

sa

versus N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

sa

> N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each

calculated Design Strength in tension (N

n

) to the Factored Service Load in

tension (N

ua

) that has been input by the user.

When N

ua

is not equally distributed among the anchors in the connection,

PROFIS Anchor compares the Design Steel Strength in tension (N

sa

) for a

single anchor to the highest loaded anchor in tension. When N

ua

is equally

distributed among the anchors in the connection, PROFIS Anchor compares

N

sa

for a single anchor to N

ua

divided by the number of anchors in tension.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Steel Strength

7

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables A

se,n

Variables Reference Comments

A

se,N

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) A

se,N

is the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor in tension. Values

for A

se,N

specifc to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in

the program internal database.

The Design Report shows A

se,N

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

Variables f

uta

Variables Reference Comments

f

uta

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) f

uta

is the specifed tensile strength of the anchor steel. Values for f

uta

specifc

to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program

internal database.

Cast-in-place anchor steel properties correspond to ASTM F1554 bolts and

AWS D1.1 headed studs. Post-installed anchor steel properties are given in

the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.

The Design Report shows f

uta

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

Variables n

Variables Reference Comments

n

_______

1.000

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 to calculate N

sa

because some of the

anchors in the connection may be more highly loaded than others in the

connection. The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the

Steel Strength design parameters.

Tension Steel Strength

8

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations N

sa

Calculations Reference Comments

N

sa

cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx

PROFIS Anchor calculates N

sa

per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,

or uses the value given for N

sa

in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a

single post-installed anchor.

The Design Report shows the calculated value for N

sa

in the Calculations

section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Tension Steel Strength

9

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

sa

Results Reference Comments

N

sa

cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)

post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx

PROFIS Anchor calculates N

sa

per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,

or uses the value given for N

sa

in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a

single post-installed anchor.

The Design Report shows the calculated value for N

sa

in the Calculations

section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Tension Steel Strength

10

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the

user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows

the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads

acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/

Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for

anchors determined to be in compression.

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, N

ua

corresponds to

the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors

that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single

asterisk (*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for N

ua

pertains to

the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors

that are determined to be in tension.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

sa

N

ua

must be satisfed. If the value for

N

sa

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design Report is

the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load, the note OK will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design

criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other

calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding

value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

sa

is < N

ua

, the note not recommended will appear under

the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design

criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria

of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Steel

Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on

a single anchor for the anchors that are determined to be in tension as

described above. N

n

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength N

sa

as

defned above.

Tension Steel Strength

11

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

steel

Results Reference Comments

steel

cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.i

post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx

PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.i to determine

the Steel Strength -factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.75 for

all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these

anchors satisfy the defnition of ductile steel element given in ACI 318-08,

Part D.1.

Steel Strength -factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions

of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the -factor is derived from

testing. Therefore, the -factors for post-installed anchors are specifc to an

anchor. The -factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for

each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the -factor from the ESR to calculate the

Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.

The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength -factor as

steel

and shows

this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in

ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths

corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon

in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for

nonductile

can be input ranging

from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine

if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and

the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

Tension Steel Strength

12

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is applied to the

Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile

steel element.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is not applied to the

Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile

steel element.

Results N

sa

Results Reference Comments

N

sa

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

).

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as

N

sa

and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design

parameters.

Design Steel Strength equals:

steel

* N

sa

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Steel Strength equals:

steel

*

nonductile

* N

sa

for seismic conditions.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

13

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

nc

Equations Reference Comments

A

Nc

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A

Nc

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure

area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Nc

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).

The Design Report shows A

Nc

in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the

calculated value of A

Nc

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Nc

.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance

parameters used to calculate A

Nc

directly on the main screen.

Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,

highlight it, and input the desired value.

Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

14

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

Nc0

Equations Reference Comments

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6 ) A

Nc0

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure

area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of infuence

assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge

distance are unlimited.

PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Nc0

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated

in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer

to the illustration at the left.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-6) in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A

Nc0

in the

Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

b

Equations Reference Comments

N

b

= k

c

f

c

h

ef

1.5

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) N

b

is defned in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in

tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. N

b

is multiplied by various

modifcation factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances

(A

Nc

/ A

Nc0

); eccentric loading (

ec,n

), edge distances < 1.5 h

ef

(

ed,n

); uncracked

concrete (

c,N

); or splitting (

cp,N

) to determine the Nominal Concrete

Breakout Strength in tension.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

b

Equations Reference Comments

N

b

= 16

f

c

h

ef

5 / 3

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates N

b

per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors

only, when 11 h

ef

25. PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-

installed anchor calculations.

When EQ. (D-8) is used, k

c

= 16 and h

ef

is raised to the 5/3 power.

Refer to the comments for N

b

calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details

regarding N

b

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-8) in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for N

b

using

EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

15

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

cb

Equations Reference Comments

A

Nc

N

cb

=

_____

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(a) Equation (D-4) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (N

cb

) for a

single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-4) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

cbg

Equations Reference Comments

A

Nc

N

cbg

=

_____

ec,N

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(b) Equation (D-5) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (N

cbg

) for a

group of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-5) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

cb

or N

cbg

versus N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

cb

or N

cbg

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

16

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

cp,N

Equations Reference Comments

c

a,min

1.5 h

ef

cp,N

= MAXIMUM

_____

;

______

1.0

c

ac

c

ac

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13)

cp,N

is the modifcation factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in

uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, c

ac

,

corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked

concrete. c

ac

is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance

for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h

ef

.

cp,N

is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.

Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,

cp,N

equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.

PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 h

ef

/c

ac

) using the value for h

ef

input by the user

and the value for c

ac

given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

It compares this calculation to (c

a,min

/c

ac

) where c

a,min

is the smallest edge

distance < 1.5 h

ef

for the connection.

The value for

cp,N

shown in the Design Report equals:

MAX. {(c

a,min

/c

ac

) ; (1.5 h

ef

/c

ac

)} < 1.0.

EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The calculated value for

cp,N

is shown in the Calculations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions or the life of the

anchorage.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

17

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,N

Equations Reference Comments

1

ec,N

=

________

2 e

N

'

1 +

____

3 h

ef

ec,N

is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in

tension.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated

value for

ec,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor calculates

ec,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing and

base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load

distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in tension.

This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate

ec,N

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate

spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the Enter key

to set the new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

18

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,n

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

19

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,n

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression

forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,

and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the

location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally

calculated neutral axis.

Equations

ed,N

Equations Reference Comments

c

a,min

ed,N

= 0.7 + 0.3

______

1.5 h

ef

ed,N

is the modifcation factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.

ed,N

is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

calculation when the smallest edge distance (c

a,min

) is < 1.5 h

ef

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-11) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the

calculated value for

ed,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

20

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables C

a,min

Variables Reference Comments

c

a,min

c

a,min

corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.

c

a,min

values for post-installed anchors are determined via testing and

published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specifc to the anchor.

Values for cast-in-place anchors are based on ACI 318-08, Part D.8.2.

PROFIS Anchor users can select edge distance criteria for torqued or

untorqued conditions when designing cast-in-place anchors.

The minimum edge distance for untorqued CIP anchors is defned in PROFIS

Anchor as:

= minimum cover + minimum rebar size + minimum CIP anchor diameter

= 3/4" + 3/8" + 1/2" = 1.625"; rounded up to 1.75".

Refer to 7.7.1 but disregard parameters for Shells and Folded Plate Members.

c

a,min

for cast-in-place anchors

c

a,min

for HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system

D.8.2 Unless determined in accordance with D.8.4.

minimum edge distances for cast-in headed anchors

that will not be torqued shall be based on specifed

cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For cast-

in headed anchors that will be torqued the minimum

edge distances shall be 6d

a

.

ESR-3013, Part 4.1.9:

HY 150 MAX-SD

ESR-2262, Part 4.1.9:

HY 150 MAX-SD

ESR-2322, Part 4.1.10:

RE 500-SD

When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the c

a,min

value

published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge

distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a

given adhesive anchor portfolio.

Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation

torque to minimize concrete edge failure.

Figure 5 Instructions for use (IFU) as provided with product packaging (continued)

Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service

Report for installation torque values.

The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

21

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables C

a,min

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:

1.75 in edge distance < c

a,min

PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than c

a,min

in red. Any

time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input

is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that

parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to

coincide with the c

a,min

values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge

distance values < c

a,min

are therefore outside the range of c

a,min

. PROFIS

Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so

that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has

signifed their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a

reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane

will indicate which parameter is being violated.

When an edge distance value < c

a,min

is input, it will be highlighted in red.

Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to

click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge

Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.

Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge

distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor

main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated

using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with

the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the

selected anchor.

The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by

placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve

to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distance

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

22

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables C

a,min

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines

c

a,min

. The Design Report shows c

a,min

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

The edge distance parameters used to calculate c

a,min

can be input directly on

the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,

highlight it, and input the desired value.

Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

23

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

ac

Variables Reference Comments

c

ac

Illustration references

Section 4.1.10 in ICC-ES

ESR-2322 for HIT RE 500-SD.

c

ac

corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the basic

concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked concrete

without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. It corresponds to

the edge distance needed to minimize the potential of splitting in uncracked

concrete.

c

ac

is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance for Strength

Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h

ef

.

Splitting is only considered when using post-installed anchors because it

is a possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an

edge. c

ac

is determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report specifc to an anchor.

Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore, c

ac

is not considered when using cast-in-place anchors.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows c

ac

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Variables e'

c1,N

Variables Reference Comments

e'

c1,N

The value for e'

c1,N

corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals

the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the

centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

The Design Report shows e'

c1,N

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor determines e'

c1,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing

and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the

load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in

tension. This permits a determination of e'

c1,N

and the subsequent calculation

of

ec1,N

.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

24

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e'

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate e

c1,N

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

25

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e'

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

26

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e'

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

14,091 lb

(4.438, 0.000)

PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to

determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e

c1,N

).

The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.

The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is calculated using a

fnite element program.

Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on

resultant load calculations.

For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the

x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e

c1,N

corresponds

to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the

modifcation factor for eccentricity:

ec,N

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout

strength (N

cbg

).

Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.

e

c1,N

is defned as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load

from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T

R

) is located

4.438 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only

four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the

anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base

plate in the +x direction.

The tension eccentricity in the x-direction (e

c1,N

) = 1.438 in.

Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension

eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the

y-direction.

The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables

for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is

denoted as e

c1,N

. The Design Report shows e

c1N

in the Variables section of

the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e

c2,N

. The value for e

c2,N

equals the distance in the y-direction between the

resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

27

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

Variables Reference Comments

e

c2,N

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 EQ (D-9) e

c2,N

corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows e

c2,N

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor determines e

c2,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing

and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the

load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in

tension. This permits a determination of e

c2,N

and the subsequent calculation

of

ec2,N

.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value.

Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate e

c2,N

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

28

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

29

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression

forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,

and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the

location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally

calculated neutral axis.

The value for e

c2,N

corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals

the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the

centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

The Design Report shows e

c2,N

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to

determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e

c2,N

).

The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.

The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

being in tension. The resultant tension force of 11,676 lb is calculated using a

fnite element program.

Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on

resultant load calculations.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

30

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 8 in apart in the

x-direction and 12 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e

c2,N

corresponds

to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the

modifcation factor for eccentricity:

ec,N

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout

strength (N

cbg

).

Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.

e

c2,N

is defned as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load

from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T

R

) is located

8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only

four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the

anchors that are in tension is located 6.000 in from the center of the base

plate in the +y direction.

The tension eccentricity in the y-direction (e

c2,N

) = 2.592 in.

Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension

eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the

y-direction.

The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables

for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction

is denoted as e

c2,N

. The Design Report shows e

c2N

in the Variables section of

the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e

c1,N

. The value for e

c1,N

equals the distance in the x-direction between the

resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

31

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables f

c

Variables Reference Comments

f

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5 f

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f

c

values in PROFIS Anchor is as

follows:

cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi f

c

10000 psi

post-installed anchors: 2500 psi f

c

8000 psi

Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specifc to each

anchor.

The Design Report shows f

c

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

D.3.5 The values of f

c

used for calculation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for cast-

in anchors and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.

Testing is required for post-installed anchors when

used in concrete with f

c

greater than 8,000 psi.

cast-in-place anchors

ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE

Users input a value for f'

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

32

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables h

ef

Variables Reference Comments

h

ef

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.3

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7

h

ef

is defned as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This

corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective

in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows h

ef

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

corresponds to:

[4d

0

; 20d

0

]

PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for cast-in-place anchors

range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

The minimum value of 4*diameter corresponds to the minimum embedment

noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.

The 20*diameter value is approximate and may vary slightly for some cast-

in-place anchor sizes. It likewise corresponds to the maximum embedment

noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.4

The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.

The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside

the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth

range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor

calculations.

Check Results pane via the View tab to view real time calculation results as

well as messages.

Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

33

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables h

ef

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

corresponds to:

[4d

0

; 20d

0

]

A 5/8" diameter anchor has been selected

and an embedment depth = 18" input.

PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors

range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

The 4*diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for some

anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and corresponds

to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive anchors per

ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.

The 20*diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum

embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part

1.2.2.4

The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.

The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside

the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth

range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor

calculations.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

34

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables h

ef

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

The value for h

ef

when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for

each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values

cannot be used. Refer to the mechanical anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service

Report for embedment depths specifc to that anchor.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and

embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.

The embedment depth range will be shown in the drop down for each

mechanical anchor.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

35

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables k

c

Variables Reference Comments

k

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 EQ. (D-7)

k

c

is defned as the coeffcient for basic concrete breakout strength in

tension.

When using cast-in-place anchors, the value for k

c

will be taken = 24 for

both cracked concrete conditions and uncracked concrete conditions.

Modifcations for uncracked concrete conditions will be made via the factor

c,N

.

cracked and uncracked conditions

D.5.2.2 The basic concrete breakout strength of a

single anchor in tension in cracked concrete, N

b

, shall

not exceed

N

b

= k

c

f

c

h

ef

1.5

(D-7)

where

k

c

= 24 for cast-in anchors; and

k

c

= 17 for post-installed anchors.

The value of k

c

for post-installed anchors shall be

permitted to increased above 17 based on ACI 355.2

product-specifc tests, but shall in no case exceed 24.

ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

When using post-installed anchors, k

c

is derived from testing. The value used

in conjunction with Equation (D-7) will be specifc to cracked concrete or

uncracked concrete conditions and likewise specifc to a particular anchor.

This value is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

ESR-3027 for

KWIK HUS-EZ

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows k

c

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab, then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

36

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

Variables Reference Comments

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 is a modifcation factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08

calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =

1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations include

provisions for designing with both lightweight and normal weight concrete.

The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Variables

c,N

Variables Reference Comments

c,N

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.6

c,N

is the factor used to modify the Design Concrete Breakout Strength in

tension for either cracked or uncracked concrete conditions.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

D.5.2.6 For anchors located in a region of a

concrete member when analysis indicates no cracking

at service load levels, the following modifcation factor

shall be permitted

c,N

= 1.25 for cast-in anchors; and

c,N

= 1.4 for post installed anchors, where the value of

k

c

used in Eq. (D-7) is 17.

Where the value of k

c

used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from

the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-

installed anchors qualifed for use in both cracked and

uncracked concrete, the values of k

c

and

c,N

shall be

based on the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report.

Where the value of k

c

used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from

the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-

installed anchors qualifed for use in uncracked

concrete,

c,N

shall be taken as 1.0.

RD.5.2.6 Post-installed and cast-in anchors that

have not met the requirements for use in cracked

concrete according to ACI 355.2 ahould be used

in uncracked regions only. The analysis for the

determination of crack formation should include the

effects of restrained shrinkage (see 7.12.1.2). The

anchor qualifcation tests of ACI 355.2 require that

anchors in cracked concrete zones perform well

in a crack that is 0.012 in. wide. If wider cracks are

expected, confning reinforcement to control the crack

width to about 0.012 in. should be provided.

PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for

c,N

:

cast-in-place anchors

c,N

= 1.0 for cracked concrete

c,N

= 1.25 for uncracked concrete

post-installed anchors

c,N

= 1.0 for cracked concrete

c,N

= 1.0 for uncracked concrete

When calculating Design Concrete Breakout Strength in tension for post-

installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor accounts for cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions via the value for k

c

that is used to calculate the basic

concrete breakout strength in tension, N

b

.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always utilizes

c,N

= 1.0 for post-installed

anchors.

Values for

c,N

are shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

37

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Nc

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Nc

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A

Nc

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure

area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Nc

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).

The Design Report shows A

Nc

in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the

calculated value of A

Nc

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Nc

.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance

parameters used to calculate A

Nc

directly on the main screen.

Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,

highlight it, and input the desired value.

Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

38

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Nc0

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6) A

Nc0

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure

area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of infuence

assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge

distance are unlimited.

PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Nc0

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated

in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer

to the illustration at the left.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-6) in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A

Nc0

in the

Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Calculations N

b

Calculations Reference Comments

N

b

= k

c

f

c

h

ef

1.5

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) N

b

is defned in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in

tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. N

b

is multiplied by various

modifcation factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances

(A

Nc

/ A

Nc0

); eccentric loading (

ec,N

), edge distances < 1.5 h

ef

(

ed,N

); uncracked

concrete (

c,N

); or splitting (

cp,N

) to determine the Nominal Concrete Breakout

Strength in tension.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated

value for N

b

using EQ. (D-7) in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Calculations N

b

Calculations Reference Comments

N

b

= 16

f

c

h

ef

5 / 3

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates N

b

per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors

only, when 11" h

ef

25". PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-

installed anchor calculations.

When EQ. (D-8) is used, k

c

= 16 and h

ef

is raised to the 5/3 power.

Refer to the comments for N

b

calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details

regarding N

b

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-8) in the Equations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for N

b

using

EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

39

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

cp,N

Calculations Reference Comments

c

a,min

1.5 h

ef

cp,N

= MAXIMUM

_____

;

______

1.0

c

ac

c

ac

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13 )

cp,N

is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in

uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, c

ac

,

corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked

concrete. c

ac

is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance

for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h

ef

.

cp,N

is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.

Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,

cp,N

equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.

PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 h

ef

/c

ac

) using the value for h

ef

input by the user

and the value for c

ac

given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

It compares this calculation to (c

a,min

/c

ac

) where c

a,min

is the smallest edge

distance < 1.5 h

ef

for the connection. The value for

cp,N

shown in the Design

Report equals:

MAX. {(c

a,min

/c

ac

) ; (1.5 h

ef

/c

ac

)} 1.0.

EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The calculated value for

cp,N

is shown in the Calculations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

40

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec1,N

Calculations Reference Comments

1

ec1,N

=

________

2 e

N

'

1 +

____

3 h

ef

ec1,N

is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with

eccentricity in the x-direction.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated

value for

ec1,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor calculates

ec1,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing

and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the

load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in

tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate

ec

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing

value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the

new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

41

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec1,N

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression

forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,

and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the

location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally

calculated neutral axis.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

42

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec2,N

Calculations Reference Comments

1

ec2,N

=

________

2 e

N

'

1 +

____

3 h

ef

ec2,N

is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with

eccentricity in the y-direction.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated

value for

ec2,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor calculates

ec2,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing

and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the

load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in

tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Anchor spacing values used to calculate

ec2,N

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

43

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec2,N

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

44

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec2,N

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression

forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,

and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the

location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally

calculated neutral axis.

Calculations

ed,N

Calculations Reference Comments

c

a,min

ed,N

= 0.7 + 0.3

______

1.5 h

ef

ed,N

is the modifcation factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.

ed,N

is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

calculation when the smallest edge distance (c

a,min

) is < 1.5 h

ef

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-11) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the

calculated value for

ed,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

45

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

cb

Results Reference Comments

N

cb

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-4) for a single anchor

A

Nc

N

cb

=

_____

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

N

cb

corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single

cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor

calculates N

cb

per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-4) using the calculated

values for A

Nc

, A

Nc0

,

ed,N

,

cp,N

, N

b

shown in the Calculations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the value for

c,N

shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design

parameters.

The result of the calculation for N

cb

is shown in the Results section of the

Concrete Breakout design parameters.

Results N

cbg

Results Reference Comments

N

cbg

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-5 ) for a group of anchors

A

Nc

N

cbg

=

_____

ec,N

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

N

cbg

corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group

of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors. PROFIS

Anchor calculates N

cbg

per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-5) using the

calculated values for A

Nc

, A

Nc0

,

ec,N

,

ed,N

,

cp,N

, N

b

shown in the Calculations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using

the value for

c,N

shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The result of the calculation for N

cbg

is shown in the Results section of the

Concrete Breakout design parameters.

Results N

cb

Results Reference Comments

N

cb

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout

Strength for a single anchor as N

cb

and shows this value in the Results

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

* N

cb

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

*

seismic

*

nonductile

* N

cb

for seismic conditions.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

46

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

cbg

Results Reference Comments

N

cbg

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout

Strength for a group of anchors as N

cbg

and shows this value in the Results

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

* N

cbg

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

*

seismic

*

nonductile

* N

cbg

for seismic conditions.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

47

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the

user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows

the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads

acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/

Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for

anchors determined to be in compression.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

48

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength

in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout

Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the

number of anchors that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension

load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Concrete Breakout Strength

indicating that the value for N

ua

pertains to the total factored tension load

acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

cb

N

ua

or N

cbg

N

ua

must be satisfed. If

the value for N

cb

or N

cbg

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of

the Design Report is the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load, the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

cb

or N

cbg

is < N

ua

, the note not recommended will

appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet

the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because

the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Concrete

Breakout Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the total factored tension load acting

on the anchors in the connection as defned above. N

n

corresponds to the

Design Concrete Breakout Strength (N

cb

or N

cbg

) as defned above.

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in tension as

concrete

. The value

for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits

selection of

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as

given in D.4.4.c.ii.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

49

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

ESR-1546 for

HDA Undercut Anchor

Post-installed anchor values for

concrete

are determined via testing. Condition

B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is

reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary

reinforcement specifc to the anchors.

The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the anchor will show

concrete

values corresponding to Condition B.

Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,

and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity

associated with Condition A.

Post-installed anchor Condition A

concrete

factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS

Anchor will use the Condition A values for

concrete

given in D.4.4.c.ii.

D.4.4c.ii

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strength.

D.4.4c.ii

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,fc

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed

anchors

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

50

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

seismic

= 0.75

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths.

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

seismic

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Tension Concrete Breakout Strength

51

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile.

This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accoudance with D.3.3.3.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

52

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

pn,fc

Equations Reference Comments

f

c

N

pn,fc

= N

p,2500

______

2500

Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specifc

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single

mechanical anchor. This equation is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service

Report for the anchor.

The Design Report shows N

pn,f'c

in the Equations section of the Pullout

Strength design parameters and the calculation results for N

pn,f'c

in the

Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

pn,fc

versus N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

pn,f'c

N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-1)

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

53

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables f

c

Variables Reference Comments

f'

c

f'

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'

c

included in the portfolio for post-

installed anchors are:

2500 psi f'

c

8000 psi.

Reference the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specifc f'

c

values.

The Design Report shows f'

c

in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Users input a value for f'

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Variables N

p,2500

Variables Reference Comments

N

p,2500

The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a mechanical anchor will provide

pullout values derived from testing in 2500 psi concrete that are specifc to an

anchor diameter, embedment depth, concrete condition and load condition.

PROFIS Anchor designates this value as N

p,2500

.

Designations for N

p,2500

that are given in the Evaluation Service Report

correspond to concrete conditions and/or load conditions. Examples of these

designations are:

N

p,cr

for the static pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete

N

p,uncr

for the static pullout load in 2500 psi uncracked concrete

N

p,seis

for the seismic pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete.

PROFIS Anchor uses the designation N

p,2500

to generically defne the pullout

value for 2500 psi concrete given in the Evaluation Service Report. However,

the pullout value used in calculations will be specifc to cracked concrete,

uncracked concrete or seismic conditions based on the parameters input

by the user. The Design Report shows N

p,2500

in the Variables section of the

Pullout Strength design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

54

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables N

p,2500

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

If pullout is not a controlling condition for a given set of parameters, no value

for N

p,xxxx

is given in the Evaluation Service Report and NA will be shown.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report will likewise show NA for Pullout

Strength in the summary given in Part 3, Tension Load.

PROFIS Anchor does not perform pullout calculations for applications

involving concrete on metal deck. Bond Strength is calculated in lieu of

Pullout Strength when designing adhesive anchors.

Variables

c,p

Variables Reference Comments

c,p

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6

c,p

is the Pullout Strength modifcation factor for cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates

c,p

for cast-in-place anchors

per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions have been selected via the Base Material tab.

The Design Report shows

c,p

in the Variables section of the Pullout

Strength design parameters.

c,p

will always be shown = 1.0 for mechanical anchors because cracked or

uncracked concrete conditions are accounted for via the N

p,2500

value.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

55

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations (f

c

2500)

Calculations Reference Comments

f

c

______

2500

Refer to the specifc ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. The value (f'

c

/ 2500)

0.5

is used to normalize the value for pullout strength

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, which corresponds to pullout

of a single mechanical anchor in 2500 psi concrete, with the concrete

compressive strength being used in the anchor design.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows (f'

c

/ 2500)

0.5

in the Calculations

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

f'

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in the

PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'

c

included in the PROFIS Anchor

portfolio for post-installed anchors are: 2500 psi f'

c

8000 psi. Reference

the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specifc f'

c

values.

Users input a value for f'

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

The Design Report shows f'

c

in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

56

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

pn,f'c

Results Reference Comments

N

pn,f'c

Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specifc

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

f

c

N

pn,fc

= N

p,2500

______

2500

Calculated value for the Nominal Pullout Strength of a single mechanical

anchor. Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to calculate

N

pn,f'c

in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and

the calculated value for N

pn,f'c

in the Results section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking

on the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

57

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the factored loads input by the

user in Part 1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load

value that includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions

assume that the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in

ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in

Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS

Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in

compression.

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part

3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, N

ua

corresponds to

the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors

that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single

asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for N

ua

pertains

to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

pn,f'c

N

ua

must be satisfed. If the value

for N

pn,f'c

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design

Report is the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load, the note

OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

pn,f'c

is N

ua

, the note not recommended will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the

design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the

criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Pullout

Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single

anchor as described above. N

n

corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength

(N

pn,f'c

) for a single anchor as defned above.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

58

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

pn,f'c

Results Reference Comments

N

pn,f'c

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single mechanical anchor equals the

product of:

concrete

*

seismic

*

nonductile

* N

pn,f'c

.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as

concrete

. The value for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

Post-installed anchor values for

concrete

are determined via testing. Condition

B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is

reasonable to assume that concrete does not include supplementary

reinforcement specifc to the anchors.

The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the anchor will show

concrete

values corresponding to Condition B.

Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,

and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity

associated with Condition A.

Post-installed anchor Condition A

concrete

factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS

Anchor will use the Condition A values for

concrete

given in D.4.4.c.ii.

D.4.4.c.ii

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.

D.4.4.c.ii

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,f'c

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed

anchors

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

59

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors

60

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

seismic

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

61

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

P

= 8A

brg

f

c

Equations Reference Comments

N

P

= 8A

brg

f'

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed

stud or headed bolt (N

p

) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design

Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters and the calculated value for N

p

in the Calculations

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

Equations N

Pn

=

c,P

N

P

Equations Reference Comments

N

Pn

=

c,P

N

P

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14) Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-

place anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-14) in the Equations

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results

for N

pn

in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed

stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked

bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are not

included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.

Equations N

pn

N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

pn

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

62

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables A

brg

Variables Reference Comments

A

brg

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) A

brg

corresponds to the net bearing area of the head of a stud or anchor

bolt. It is used in EQ. (D-15) to calculate N

p

for cast-in-place anchors. Values

of A

brg

corresponding to the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor

portfolio are stored in the software internal database.

The Design Report shows A

brg

in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Variables f'

c

Variables Reference Comments

f'

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) f'

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'

c

included in the portfolio for cast-

in-place anchors range as follows:

2000 psi < f'

c

< 10000 psi

(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5).

Users input a value for f'

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom Value for

compressive strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the

desired value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set

the new value.

The Design Report shows f'

c

in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Variables

c,p

Variables Reference Comments

c,p

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6

c,p

is the Pullout Strength modifcation factor for cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates

c,p

for cast-in-place anchors

per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked

concrete conditions are assumed.

c,p

= 1.0 if cracked concrete conditions are assumed

c,p

= 1.4 if uncracked concrete conditions are assumed

The Design Report shows

c,p

in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

i

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its

tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and

distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection

of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under

seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be

approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors

since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased

displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete

conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels

will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

63

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations N

P

Calculations Reference Comments

N

P

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)

N

P

= 8A

brg

f'

c

Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed

stud or headed bolt (N

p

) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design

Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters and the calculated value for N

p

in the Calculations

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

64

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

pn

Results Reference Comments

N

pn

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14)

N

pn

=

c,P

N

P

Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-

place anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-14) in the Equations

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results

for N

pn

in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed

stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked

bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are

not included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1)

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on

the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

65

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that

the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08

Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting

on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum

of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in

Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS

Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in

compression.

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, N

ua

corresponds to

the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors

that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single

asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for N

ua

pertains

to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

pn

N

ua

must be satisfed. If the value for

N

pn

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design Report is

the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load, the note OK will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design

criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other

calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding

value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

pn

is < N

ua

, the note not recommended will appear under

the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design

criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria

of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Pullout

Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single

anchor as described above. N

n

corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength

(N

pn

) for a single anchor as defned above.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

66

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

pn

Results Reference Comments

N

pn

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-place anchor equals the

product of:

concrete

*

seismic

*

nonductile

* N

pn

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N

pn

in the Results

section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as

concrete

. The value for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.

When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits

selection of

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as

given in D.4.4.c.ii.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

67

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

D.4.4.c.ii

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.

D.4.4.c.ii

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,f'c

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed

anchors

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors

68

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength

design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

seismic

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

69

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

Na

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 A

Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the

failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the

area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of

adhesive anchors. A

Na

is determined using an equation similar to that shown

in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifcally, A

Na

is calculated by replacing

the term 1.5 h

ef

in the illustration with c

cr,Na

and replacing the term 3.0 h

ef

with

s

cr,Na

.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Na

. The term

(s

cr,Na

/ 2) equals c

cr,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows A

Na

in the Equations section of

the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A

Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate

A

Na

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing

or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value.

Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

70

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

Na0

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)

A

Na0

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the

failure surface of a single anchor without the infuence of proximate edges. It

corresponds to the area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from

the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any infuence from edges or

anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Na0

as illustrated in ACI 318-08,

Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (c

cr,Na

) in lieu of

1.5 h

ef

, where c

cr,Na

equals the critical spacing (s

cr,Na

) divided by 2.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Na0

.

The term (s

cr,Na

/ 2) equals c

cr,Na

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond

Strength design parameters, and calculated value for A

Na0

in the Calculations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Equations C

cr,Na

Equations Reference Comments

S

cr,Na

C

cr,Na

=

_____

2

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) c

cr,Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance

and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive

anchor.

PROFIS Anchor calculates c

cr,Na

per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).

The illustration to the left shows how c

cr,Na

is calculated.

c

cr,Na

= (s

cr,Na

/ 2).

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for c

cr,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Equations N

a

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na

N

a

=

____

ed,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (N

a

) for a single adhesive

anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16a) in the

Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

71

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

a0

Equations Reference Comments

N

a0

=

,xxxx

bond

dh

ef

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f) N

a0

is defned as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modifed version of ICC-ES

AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters. The modifed version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for

installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES

Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.

The Design Report shows the calculated value for N

a0

in the Calculations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Equations N

ag

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na

N

ag

=

____

ed,Na

g,Na

ec,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16b) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (N

ag

) for a group of

adhesive anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16b) in

the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Equations N

a

or N

ag

versus N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

a

or N

ag

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

72

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,Na

Equations Reference Comments

1

ec,Na

=

________

2 e

N

'

1 +

____

s

cr,Na

ec,Na

is the modifcation factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded

ecccentrically in tension. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows

EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters, and the calculated value for

ec,Na

in the Calculations section of

the Bond Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing

parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the

resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that

are in tension is determined via these calculations.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Anchor spacing parameters used to calculate

ec,Na

can be input directly

on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value,

highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new

value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

73

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,Na

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

74

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,Na

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.

It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the

magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of

the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated

neutral axis.

Equations

ed,Na

Equations Reference Comments

c

a,min

ed,Na

= 0.7 + 0.3

_____

c

cr,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)

ed,Na

is the adhesive anchor tension modifcation factor for edge effects.

ed,Na

is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest

edge distance (c

a,min

) is < c

cr,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value

for

ed,Na

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Equations

g,Na

Equations Reference Comments

s

avg

0.5

g,Na

=

g,Na0

+

______

(1

g,Na0

)

S

cr,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)

g,Na

is defned in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modifcation factor

for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor

is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor

elements, their embedment, the adhesive, and the concrete when a tension

load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor

that permits the infuence of the anchor group to be further considered in

calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.

The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can

infuence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive

anchors.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for

g,Na

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

75

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

gNa

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

s

avg

0.5

g,Na

=

g,Na0

+

______

(1

g,Na0

)

S

cr,Na

PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of

ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that

are in tension.

PROFIS Anchor determines the average anchor spacing using the spacing

values that have been input for the connection. Average spacing is

designated s

avg

in the Design Report. s

avg

is shown in the Variables section of

the Bond Strength design parameters.

Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the

desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Equations

g,Na0

Equations Reference Comments

k,xxxx

1.5

g,Na0

= n (n 1)

_________

1.0

,max,xxxxx

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)

g,Na0

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to

calculate

g,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value

for

g,Na0

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension. PROFIS

Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing parameters

and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the resultant load

distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that are in tension is

determined via these calculations.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

76

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

g,Na0

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Spacing parameters used to determine the number of anchors in tension can

be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate

spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter

key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

77

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

g,Na0

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.

It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the

magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of

the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated

neutral axis.

Once the anchors that are in tension have been determined, the value for n

can be determined. The Design Report shows the value for n in the Variables

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

78

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

p,Na

Equations Reference Comments

c

a,min

c

cr,Na

p,Na

= MAXIMUM

_____

;

_____

c

ac

c

ac

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)

p,Na

is the modifcation factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in

tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for

splitting, c

ac

, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in

uncracked concrete. c

ac

is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge

distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of c

cr,Na

.

p,Na

is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

PROFIS Anchor calculates (c

cr,Na

/c

ac

) based on the value calculated for s

cr,Na

and the value for c

ac

given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

It compares this calculation to (c

a,min

/c

ac

) where c

a,min

is the smallest edge

distance < c

cr,Na

for the connection.

The value for

p,Na

shown in the Design Report equals:

MAX. {(c

a,min

/c

ac

) ; (c

cr,Na

/c

ac

)} 1.0.

EQ. (D-16p) is shown in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters, and the calculated value for

p,Na

shown in the Calculations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Equations S

cr,Na

Equations Reference Comments

,uncr

s

cr,Na

= 20d

0

_ _____

3 h

ef

1450

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) s

cr,Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It

corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors

relative to group action.

PROFIS Anchor calculates s

cr,Na

per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the

nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond

strength in uncracked concrete (

,uncr

).

s

cr,Na

is limited to a maximum value of 3 h

ef

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for s

cr,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

79

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

,max

Equations Reference Comments

k

c,xxxx

,max,c

=

_____

h

ef

f

c

d

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)

,max,xxxx

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to

calculate

g,Na0

.

k

c

f

c

h

ef

1.5

=

k,max,c

d h

ef

N

b

N

a0 =

,max

is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (N

b

) equal

to the basic bond strength (N

a0

), then solving for the characteristic bond

strength (

,max,c

). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between

concrete breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling

condition.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

The value used for

,max,xxxx

depends on whether cracked concrete conditions

(

,max,cr

) or uncracked concrete conditions (

,max,uncr

) are assumed.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the

concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of

the anchorage.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

,max,xxxx

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

80

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a,min

Variables Reference Comments

c

a,min

c

a,min

corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.

c

a,min

values for adhesive anchors are determined via testing and published in

the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specifc to the anchor.

When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the c

a,min

value

published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge

distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a

given adhesive anchor portfolio.

Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation

torque to minimize concrete edge failure.

Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service

Report for installation torque values.

The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-

SD.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

81

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a,min

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:

1.75 in edge distance < c

a,min

PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than c

a,min

in red. Any

time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input

is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that

parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to

coincide with the c

a,min

values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge

distance values < c

a,min

are therefore outside the range of c

a,min

. PROFIS

Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so

that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has

signifed their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a

reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane

will indicate which parameter is being violated.

When an edge distance value < c

a,min

is input, it will be highlighted in red.

Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to

click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge

Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.

Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge

distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor

main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated

using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with

the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the

selected anchor.

The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by

placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve

to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

82

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a,min

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines

c

a,min

. The Design Report shows c

a,min

in the Variables section of the Bond

Strength design parameters.

The edge distance parameters used to calculate c

a,min

can be input directly on

the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,

highlight it, and input the desired value.

Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Variables c

ac

Variables Reference Comments

c

ac

c

ac

corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the

basic concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked

concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. c

ac

is

determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service

Report specifc to an anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows

c

ac

in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

83

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables d

a

Variables Reference Comments

d

a

d

a

corresponds to the anchor nominal thread diameter. PROFIS Achor users

can select an adhesive anchor diameter via the anchor portfolio given in the

Filter Pane.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

A 3/4" Diameter ISO 898-1, Class 5.8

threaded rod has been selected for

use with the HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

adhesive anchor system.

Click on the View tab then check the box for Filter Pane to view the anchor

portfolios. The Filter Pane is shown on the left side of the main screen.

Select an anchor type and diameter using the drop down that appears. The

Design Report shows d

a

in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design

parameters.

Variables e

c1,N

Variables Reference Comments

e

c1,N

The value for e

c1,N

corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals

the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the

centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

The Design Report shows e

c1,N

in the Variables section of the Bond Strength

design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

84

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate e

c1,N

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

85

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to

determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e

c1,N

).

The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.

The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

being in tension. The resultant tension force of 13,927 lb is calculated using a

fnite element program.

Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on

resultant load calculations

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

86

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c1,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the

x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e

c1,N

corresponds

to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the

modifcation factor for eccentricity:

ec,Na

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (N

ag

).

Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.

e

c1,N

is defned as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load

from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T

R

) is located

4.247 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only

four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the

anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base

plate in the +x direction.

The tension ecccentricity in the x-direction (e

c1,N

) = 1.247 in.

Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension

eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the

y-direction.

The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables

for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is

denoted as e

c1,N

. The Design Report shows e

c1,N

in the Variables section of

the Bond Strength design parameters.

If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e

c2,N

. The value for e

c2,N

equals the distance in the y-direction between the

resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Variables e

c2,N

Variables Reference Comments

e

c2,N

e

c2,N

corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows e

c2,N

in the Variables section of

the Bond Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor determines e

c2,N

using the factored loads, anchor spacing

and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the

load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in

tension. This permits a determination of e

c2,N

and the subsequent calculation

of

ec2,Na

.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value.

Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

87

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate e

c2,N

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value.

Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

88

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.

It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the

magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of

the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated

neutral axis.

The value for e

c2,N

corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals

the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the

centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

The Design Report shows e

c2N

in the Variables section of the Bond Strength

design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to

determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e

c2,N

).

The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

89

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

c2,N

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

being in tension. The resultant tension force of 11,676 lb is calculated using a

fnite element program.

Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on

resultant load calculations.

For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 8 in apart in the

x-direction and 12 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e

c2,N

corresponds

to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the

modifcation factor for eccentricity:

ec,N

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout

strength (N

cbg

).

Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.

e

c2,N

is defned as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load

from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T

R

) is located

8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only

four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the

anchors that are in tension is located 6.000 in from the center of the base

plate in the +y direction.

The tension ecccentricity in the y-direction (e

c2,N

) = 2.592 in.

Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension

eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the

y-direction.

The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables

for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction is

denoted as e

c2,N

. The Design Report shows e

c2,N

in the Variables section of

the Bond Strength design parameters.

If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e

c1,N

. The value for e

c1,N

equals the distance in the x-direction between the

resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

90

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables f

c

Variables Reference Comments

f

c

f

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f

c

values in PROFIS Anchor is as

follows

cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi f

c

10000 psi

post-installed anchors: 2500 psi f

c

8000 psi

Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specifc to each

post-installed anchor.

D.3.5 The value of f

c

used for calclation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for cast-

in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.

Testing is required for post-installed anchors when

used in concrete with f

c

greater than 8,000 psi.

cast-in-place anchors

The Design Report shows f

c

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Users input a value for f

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Variables h

ef

Variables Reference Comments

h

ef

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.13

h

ef

is defned as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This

corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective

in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows h

ef

in the Variables section of the

Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

91

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables h

ef

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

corresponds to:

[4d

0

: 20d

0

]

PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors

range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

The 4* diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for

some anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and

corresponds to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive

anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.

The 20* diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum

embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part

1.2.2.4

The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.

The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside

the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth

range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor

calculations.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

92

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

bond

Variables Reference Comments

bond

bond

is a generic designation PROFIS Anchor uses for the factor that is

applied when calculating N

a0

. It pertains to installation conditions with respect

to the drilled hole in the concrete. Values for -factors are derived from

testing and are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive

anchor.

-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report are designated:

ws

for water saturated concrete

wf

for a water-flled hole

uw

for an underwater application.

No -factor is applied for dry concrete hole conditions. The Design Report

shows values for

bond

corresponding to the relevant hole condition in the

Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Variables k

c,xxx

Variables Reference Comments

c,xxx

k

c,xxxx

is the coeffcient for basic concrete breakout strength in tension. When

calculating Design Bond Strength, k

c,xxxx

is used to calculate

k,max,xxxx

, which in

turn, is used to calculate the group modifcation factor

g,Na0

.

k

c,xxxx

is derived from testing, is specifc to cracked concrete or uncracked

concrete conditions, and is specifc to a particular anchor.

k

c,xxxx

values for adhesive anchors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluaton Service

Report for that anchor. The Design Report shows k

c,xxxx

in the Variables

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions

exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service

load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural

crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately

1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code

assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-

installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases

where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors

must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

93

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables n

Variables Reference Comments

n The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension, and is

used to calculate the group modifcation factor

g,Na0

, which is defned by

EQ. (D-16h) in ICC-ES AC308 Part D.5.3.10.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing

parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the

resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors

that are in tension is determined via these calculations. The Design Report

shows the value for n in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design

parameters.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Spacing parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

94

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables n (continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.

It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the

magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of

the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated

neutral axis.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

95

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables s

avg

Variables Reference Comments

s

avg

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10, EQ. (D-16g) PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of

ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that

are in tension.

The Design Report designates this value s

avg

and shows it in the Variables

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor determines s

avg

as follows for anchor groups > 4-anchors:

calculate the average of the x-direction spacing and y-direction spacing

for adjacent anchors.

calculate the average spacing for the anchor group by summing the

averages for each set of x/y values.

For the example shown at the left, s

avg

would be calculated as follows if all of

the anchors are in tension:

s

avg1

= (8 in + 10 in )/2 = 9 in; s

avg2

= (8 in + 6 in)/2 = 7 in

s

avg,total

= (9 in + 7 in) / 2 = 8 in

If some anchors in the connection are in tension and some in compression,

s

avg

is calculated based on the tension anchor spacing.

Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the

desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

96

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

k,uncr

Variables Reference Comments

k,uncr

k,uncr

corresponds to the charateristic bond strength in uncracked concrete.

Calculation of the critical spacing (s

cr,Na

) always uses

k,uncr

regardless of

whether or not uncracked concrete conditions are assumed.

k,uncr

is derived from testing and will be given in the adhesive anchor

Evaluation Service Report.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows values for

k,uncr

in the Variables

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Variables

k,xxxx

Variables Reference Comments

k,xxxx

k,xxxx

corresponds to the characteristic bond strength for either cracked (

k,cr

)

or uncracked (

k,uncr

) concrete.

k,xxxx

is determined via testing and values

corresponding to the relevant concrete condition are given in the ICC-ES

Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.

The Design Report shows values for

k,xxxx

corresponding to the relevant

concrete condition in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design

parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

97

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Na

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Na

A

Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the

failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the

area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of

adhesive anchors. A

Na

is determined using an equation similar to that shown

in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifcally, A

Na

is calculated by replacing

the term 1.5 h

ef

in the illustration with c

cr,Na

and replacing the term 3.0 h

ef

with

s

cr,Na

.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Na

. The term

(s

cr,Na / 2

) equals c

cr,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows A

Na

in the Equations section of

the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A

Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate

A

Na

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing

or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value. Click the

enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

98

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Na0

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)

A

Na0

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the

failure surface of a single anchor without the infuence of proximate edges .

It corresponds to the area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete

from the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any infuence from

edges or anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Na0

as illustrated in

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (c

cr,Na

) in

lieu of 1.5 h

ef

, where c

cr,Na

equals the critical spacing (s

cr,Na

) divided by 2.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Nao

.

The term (s

cr,Na

/ 2) equals c

cr,Na

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond

Strength design parameters, and calculated value for A

Na0

in the Calculations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Calculations c

cr,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

c

cr,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) c

cr,Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance

and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive

anchor.

PROFIS Anchor calculates c

cr,Na

per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).

The illustration to the left shows how c

cr,Na

is calculated. c

cr,Na

= (s

cr,Na

/ 2).

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for c

cr,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Calculations N

a0

Calculations Reference Comments

N

a0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f)

N

a0

=

k,xxxx

bond

d h

ef

N

a0

is defned as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modifed version of ICC-ES

AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters. The modifed version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for

installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES

Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.

The Design Report shows the calculated value for N

a0

in the Calculations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

99

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec1,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

ec1,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j)

1

ec,Na

=

________

2 e

N

1 +

____

s

cr,Na

ec1,Na

is the modifcation factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded

ecccentrically in tension with respect to the x-direction. The PROFIS

Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

ec1,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing

parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the

resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that

are in tension is determined via these calculations.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate

ec1,Na

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

100

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec1,Na

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

101

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec2,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

ec2,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j)

1

ec,Na

=

________

2 e

N

1 +

____

s

cr,Na

ec2,Na

is the modifcation factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded

ecccentrically in tension with respect to the y-direction. The PROFIS

Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

ec2,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing

parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the

resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that

are in tension is determined via these calculations.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate

ec2,Na

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

102

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec2,Na

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

103

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ed,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

ed,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)

ed,Na

is the adhesive anchor tension modifcation factor for edge effects.

ed,Na

is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest

edge distance (c

a,min

) is < c

cr,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value

for

ed,Na

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Calculations

g,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

g,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)

s

avg

0.5

g,Na

=

g,Na0

+

______

(1

g,Na0

)

S

cr,Na

g,Na

is defned in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modifcation factor

for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor

is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor

elements, their embedment, the adhesive and the concrete when a tension

load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor

that permits the infuence of the anchor group to be further considered in

calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.

The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can

infuence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive

anchors.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

g,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Calculations

g,Na0

Calculations Reference Comments

g,Na0

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)

k,xxxx

1.5

g,Na0

= n (n 1)

_________

1.0

,max,xxxxx

g,Na0

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to

calculate

g,Na

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value

for

g,Na0

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

104

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

g,Na0

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

The variable n contained in EQ. (D-16h) represents the number of adhesive

anchors in tension. PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load

parameters, spacing parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user

to determine the resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number

of anchors that are in tension is determined via these calculations.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The spacing parameters used to calculate

g,Na0

can be input directly on the

main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,

and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

105

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

g,Na0

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial

loads.

When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and

magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.

The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are

given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.

It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the

magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of

the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated

neutral axis.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

106

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

p,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

p,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)

c

a,min

c

cr,Na

p,Na

= MAXIMUM

_____

;

______

c

ac

c

ac

p,Na

is the modifcation factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in

tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for

splitting, c

ac

, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in

uncracked concrete. c

ac

is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge

distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of c

cr,Na

.

p,Na

is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete

will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the

anchorage.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile

strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution

are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,

crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths

corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"

(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for

the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result

in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete

conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking

of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic

actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Calculations s

cr,Na

Calculations Reference Comments

s

cr,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) s

cr,Na

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It

corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors

relative to group action.

PROFIS Anchor calculates s

cr,Na

per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the

nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond

strength in uncracked concrete (

k,uncr

).

s

cr,Na

is limited to a maximum value of 3 h

ef

.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the

Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for s

cr,Na

in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Calculations

k,max,xxxx

Calculations Reference Comments

k,max,xxxx

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)

k

c

f

c

h

ef

1.5

=

k,max,c

d h

ef

N

b

N

a0 =

k,max,xxxx

is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to

calculate

g,Na0

.

k,max

is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (N

b

) equal to

the basic bond strength (N

a0

), then solving for the characteristic bond strength

(

k,max,c

). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between concrete

breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling condition.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile

strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution

are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,

crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths

corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"

(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for

the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result

in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete

conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking

of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic

actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

The value used for

k,max,xxxx

depends on whether cracked concrete conditions

(

k,max,cr

) or uncracked concrete conditions (

k,max,uncr

) are assumed.

Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.

Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the

concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of

the anchorage.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations

section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

k,max,xxxx

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters..

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

107

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

N,seis

Results Reference Comments

N,seis

reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

N,seis

is a multiplier that is applied to N

a

or N

ag

when designing adhesive

anchors for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or

F. Values for

N,seis

are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an

anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic design.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the value for

N,seis

given in the ESR for the anchor

to the calculated value for N

a

or N

ag

.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; PROFIS Anchor calculations for N

a

and N

ag

include the value for

N,seis

.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; PROFIS Anchor calculations for

N

a

and N

ag

do not include the value for

N,seis

.

The value for

N,seis

is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength

design parameters.

Results N

a

Results Reference Comments

N

a

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16a) for a single adhesive anchor

A

Na

N

a

=

____

ed,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

N

a

corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor.

PROFIS Anchor calculates N

a

per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a)

using the calculated values for A

Na

, A

Na0

,

ed,Na

,

p,Na

, N

a0

shown in the

Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

The result of the calculation for N

a

is shown in the Results section of the

Bond Strength design parameters.

Results N

ag

Results Reference Comments

N

ag

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16b) for an adhesive anchor group

A

Na

N

ag

=

____

ed,Na

g,Na

ec,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

N

ag

corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive

anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates N

ag

per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7

EQ. (D-16b) using the calculated values for A

Na

, A

Na0

,

ed,Na

,

g,Na

,

ec,Na

,

p,Na

, N

a0

shown in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters.

The result of the calculation for N

ag

is shown in the Results section of the

Bond Strength design parameters.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

108

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then

highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that

the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08

Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

109

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection.

This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of

the Design Report.

PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to

be in compression.

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Bond Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Bond Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Bond Strength, N

ua

corresponds

to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that

are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a double

asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength indicating that the value for N

ua

pertains

to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that are

determined to be in tension.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

a

N

ua

or N

ag

N

ua

must be satisfed. If the

value for N

a

or N

ag

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the

Design Report is the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load", the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

a

or N

ag

is < N

ua

, the note not recommended will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the

design criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the

criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Bond

Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the

anchors in the connection as described above. N

n

corresponds to the

Design Bond Strength (N

a

or N

ag

) as defned above.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

110

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

N,seis

N

a

Results Reference Comments

N,seis

N

a

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor equals the product of:

bond

seismic

nonductile

N,seis

N

a

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as

N,seis

N

a

in the

Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then

highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Results

N,seis

N

ag

Results Reference Comments

N,seis

N

ag

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a group of adhesive anchors equals the

product of:

bond

seismic

nonductile

N,seis

N

ag

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as

N,seis

N

ag

in the

Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.

Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then

highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

111

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

bond

Results Reference Comments

bond

bond

is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the reduction factor applied to the

Nominal Bond Strength to obtain the Design Bond Strength. Values for

bond

are determined via testing.

The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an

adhesive anchor will show

bond

values corresponding to various installation

conditions.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

112

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength

design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors

113

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

114

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

corner

Equations Reference Comments

c

a2

1 +

___

c

a1

corner

=

________

4

corner

is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor multiplied by

side-face blowout for a single anchor (N

sb

) when the anchor is infuenced by

corner geometry.

This factor is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1:

If c

a2

for the single headed anchor is less than 3c

a1

, the value of N

sb

shall

be multiplied by the factor

c

a2

1 +

___

c

a1

corner

=

________

4

where 1.0 c

a2

/c

a1

3.0.

corner

is only calculated for a single anchor. It is not calculated when

determining side-face blowout for a group of anchors (N

sbg

).

The Design Report shows the equation for

corner

in the Equations section of

the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for

corner

in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

Equations

group

Equations Reference Comments

s

group

= 1 +

____

6c

a1

Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered

when calculating N

sbg

.

group

is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor used to

calculate side-face blowout for a group of anchors (N

sbg

).

This factor corresponds to the infuence of anchor spacing as defned in ACI

318-08, Part D.5.4.2:

multiple headed anchors with deep embedment close to an edge

(h

ef

> 2.5 c

a1

) and anchor spacing less than 6 c

a1

.

PROFIS Anchor multiplies

group

times the value calculated for side-face

blowout for a single anchor (N

sb

) to obtain the side-face blowout for a group

of anchors (N

sbg

).

The Design Report shows the equation for

group

in the Equations sections of

the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for

group

in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

115

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

sb

Equations Reference Comments

N

sb

= 160

corner

c

a1

A

brg

f

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)

N

sb

corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is

only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as:

h

ef

> 2.5 c

a1

where h

ef

is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and

c

a1

is defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.

The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for N

sb

in the Equations

section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value

for N

sb

in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

.

Click the enter key to set the new value.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

116

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations N

sbg

Equations Reference Comments

N

sbg

=

group

N

sb

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)

N

sbg

corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-

place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.

Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.

When calculating N

sbg

, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension

that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for N

sbg

shall

then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to

be acting on the anchors near the edge.

Refer to the illustration to the left.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for N

sbg

in the

Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the

calculated value for N

sbg

in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

design parameters.

Only those anchors in

tension near an edge

are considered when

calculating N

sbg

.

Only those anchors in

tension near an edge are

considered when calculating

N

sbg

.

The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.

D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as: h

ef

> 2.5 c

a1

where

h

ef

is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and c

a1

is

defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.

Equations N

sb

or N

sbg

versus N

ua

Equations Reference Comments

N

sb

or N

sbg

N

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select

Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting

and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

117

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables A

brg

Variables Reference Comments

A

brg

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17) A

brg

is the net bearing area of a headed stud or headed bolt that is used to

calculate N

sb

.

A

brg

values for the cast-in-place anchors are contained in the internal

database of PROFIS Anchor.

The Design Report shows A

brg

in the Variables section of the Side-Face

Blowout design parameters.

Variables c

a1

Variables Reference Comments

c

a1

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2

c

a1

is the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. It is used in

the equations for N

sb

,

corner

and

group

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows c

a1

in the Variables section of the

Side-Face Blowout design parameters

Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate c

a1

directly

on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance

value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the

new value.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

118

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a2

Variables Reference Comments

c

a2

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1

c

a2

is the edge distance perpendicular to the minimum edge distance (c

a1

) for

those anchors in tension. It is used in the equation for

corner

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows c

a2

in the Variables section of the

Side-Face Blowout design parameters

Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate c

a2

directly

on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance

value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the

new value.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Variables f

c

Variables Reference Comments

f

c

f

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. The values for f

c

included for cast-in-place

anchors range as follows:

2000 psi f

c

10000 psi

(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5)

Users input a value for f

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the enter key to set the new

value.

The Design Report shows f

c

in the Variables section of the Side-Face

Blowout Strength design parameters.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

119

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables s

Variables Reference Comments

s

s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension.

s is used to calculate the factor (1 + s/6c

a1

) which PROFIS Anchor designates

as

group

.

When calculating N

sbg

, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension

that are near an edge shall be considered.

The Design Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face

Blowout design parameters.

Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered

when calculating N

sbg

.

s = 8 in + 6 in

When 3 or more anchors are considered in the calculation, the value for s

calculated by PROFIS Anchor equals the sum of the anchor spacings near

the concrete edge.

Users can input the spacing parameters used to calculate

group

directly on

the main screen.

Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

120

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

group

Calculations Reference Comments

group

PROFIS Anchor designates the factor (1 + s/6c

a1

) as

group

.

c

a1

is defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. The

Design Report shows c

a1

in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout

design parameters.

s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension. The Design

Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout design

parameters.

When calculating N

sbg

, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension

that are near an edge shall be considered.

Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered

when calculating N

sbg

.

Calculations

corner

Calculations Reference Comments

corner

ACI 318-08 - Part D.5.4.1

N

sb

is multiplied by the factor (1+c

a2

/c

a1

)/4 when a single cast-in-place anchor

is located in a corner. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor

corner

.

Use of

corner

is contingent on c

a2

being < 3c

a1

,where c

a1

is the minimum

edge distance for those anchors in tension and c

a2

is the edge distance

perpendicular to c

a1

. Values for c

a1

and c

a2

in are shown in the Variables

section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

corner

= 1.0 when calculating N

sbg

for a group of anchors.

c

a2

1 +

___

c

a1

corner

=

________

4

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

121

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

sb

Results Reference Comments

N

sb

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)

N

sb

corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is

only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.

D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as: h

ef

> 2.5 c

a1

where

h

ef

is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and c

a1

is

defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.

The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for N

sb

in the

Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the

calculated value for N

sb

in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

design parameters.

When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

122

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

sbg

Results Reference Comments

N

sbg

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)

N

sbg

corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-

place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.

Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.

When calculating N

sbg

, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension

that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for N

sbg

shall

then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to

be acting on the anchors near the edge.

Refer to the illustration to the left.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for N

sbg

in the

Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the

calculated value for N

sbg

in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

design parameters.

Only those anchors in

tension near an edge

are considered when

calculating N

sbg

.

Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered

when calculating N

sbg

.

The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.

D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as: h

ef

> 2.5 c

a1

where

h

ef

is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and c

a1

is

defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.

When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

123

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

sbg

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth and

input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Results N

ua

Results Reference Comments

N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1)

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the "factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors". Users users select Strength

Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking

on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on

the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

124

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors.

PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads

input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in

Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS

Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in

compression.

The Design Report shows N

ua

corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength

in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

Strength design parameters. Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk

(**) next to Side-Face Blowout Strength. This indicates that the value for

N

ua

pertains to the factored tension load acting on the anchors nearest the

concrete edge that are determined to be in tension.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N

sb

N

ua

or N

sbg

N

ua

must be satisfed. If

the value for N

sb

or N

sbg

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of

the Design Report is the value shown for N

ua

under the heading Load, the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for N

sb

or N

sbg

is < N

ua

, the note not recommended will

appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet

the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because

the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 3 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio N

ua

/ N

n

. When evaluating Side-Face

Blowout Strength, N

ua

corresponds to the factored tension load acting on

the anchors in the connection as described above. N

n

corresponds to the

Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (N

sb

or N

sbg

) as defned above.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

125

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results N

sb

Results Reference Comments

N

sb

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a single anchor equals

the product of:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

N

sb

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N

sb

in the Results

section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength

Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking

on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Results N

sbg

Results Reference Comments

N

sbg

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a group of anchors

equals the product of:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

(

group

*N

sb

).

The PA2 Design Report shows this value as N

sbg

in the Results section of

the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (N

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N

ua

as the factored tensile

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength

Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking

on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

126

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength as

concrete

. The value for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout Strength

design parameters.

When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits

selection of

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as

given in D.4.4.c.ii.

D.4.4c.ii

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strength.

D.4.4c.ii

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,fc

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed anchors

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

127

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face

Blowout Strength design parameters.

Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors

128

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

Strength design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

seismic

=

0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Shear

129

The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about

the following:

Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08

Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308

PROFIS Anchor design assumptions

Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for

the information provided in the Design Report. Questions

about a particular section in the Design Report output can be

referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design

Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product

Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,

design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and

calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.

The SHEAR section of the Design Guide provides information

on the shear design strengths calculated using PROFIS

Anchor.

Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Shear Pryout Strength

Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . . . . .185

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Shear

Shear Steel Strength

130

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Anchor Steel Strength in Shear

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (V

sa

) for a

single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single

post-installed anchor ( V

xxxx

) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in V

xxxx

varies and is given in the

Evaluation Service Report.

The calculated value for V

sa

or the value V

xxxx

from the Evaluation Service

Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section

of the Design Report.

Equations V

sa

for Adhesive Anchors

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

=

V,Seis

(n 0.6 A

se,V

f

uta

) Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for Steel Design

Information in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.

The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element

used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modifed version

of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).

The value (n 0.6 A

se,V

f

uta

) corresponds to the value shown as V

sa

in the Steel

Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

An additional reduction factor (

V,seis

) is applied to V

sa

when anchor design

includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design

Category C through F.

Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for

information regarding

V,seis

.

The Design Report shows the modifed version of EQ. (D-20) in the

Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the

value for V

sa

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to

n0.6A

se

,

V

f

uta

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

V,seis

is also shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design

parameters.

ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

Shear Steel Strength

131

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

sa

for Headed Bolts

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

= n 0.6 A

se,V

f

uta

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-20) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-20) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in

shear (V

sa

) for a single cast-in-place headed bolt. Use of Equation (D-20) is

based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the

shear load acts includes threads.

Hooked bolts and J-bolts are not included in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-20) in the Equations section of the

Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

sa

in the

Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Equation (D-20) assumes the

threads are in the shear plane.

V

sa

Equations V

sa

for Headed Studs

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

= n A

se,V

f

uta

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-19) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in

shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed stud. Use of Equation (D-19) is

based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the

shear load acts does not include threads.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-19) in the Equations section of the

Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

sa

in the

Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

V

sa

Equation (D-19) assumes no

threads are in the shear plane.

Shear Steel Strength

132

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

sa

Seismic for Mechanical Anchors

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

= seismic conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Seismic steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS

Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. The seismic steel

strength in shear is utilized for anchor design that includes earthquake forces

for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C - F. It is given for a

single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report for the anchor. The subscript used in the nomenclature to

defne seismic steel strength in shear varies. Refer to the Evaluation Service

Report for the nomenclature specifc to a particular mechanical anchor.

The value corresponding to the seismic steel strength in shear is shown in the

Results section of the Design Report.

ESR-1545 for

HSL-3 anchors

ESR-1546 for

HDA-P anchors

The values for seismic steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left

are taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES

ESR-1546 for the HDA-P Anchor. Note that the subscripts used to defne

seismic steel strength in shear are different.

Equations V

sa

Static for Mechanical Anchors

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

= static conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Static steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS

Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. It is given for a

single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report for the anchor.

The value corresponding to the static steel strength in shear is shown in the

Results section of the Design Report.

ESR-1545 for

HSL-3 anchors

ESR-1546 for

HDA-P anchors

The values for static steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left are

taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES ESR-1546

for the HDA-P Anchor.

Shear Steel Strength

133

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

sa

versus V

ua

Equations Reference Comments

V

sa

V

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor

users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then

highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Steel Strength

134

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

V,seis

Variables Reference Comments

V,seis

Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design

Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.

The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element

used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modifed version

of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).

The value (n 0.6 A

se,V

f

uta

) corresponds to the value shown as V

sa

in the Steel

Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

An additional reduction factor (

V,seis

) is applied to V

sa

when anchor design

includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design

Category C through F.

Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for

information regarding

V,seis

.

The Design Report shows

V,seis

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

Variables A

se,V

Variables Reference Comments

A

se,V

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

A

se,V

equals the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor. It is used to

calculate the steel strength in shear per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ (D-19)

and EQ (D-20).

Values for A

se,V

specifc to each cast-in-place anchor in the PROFIS Anchor

portfolio are stored in the program internal database. Values for A

se,V

specifc

to each post-installed anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio correspond

to the values for effective cross-sectional area given in the Steel Design

Information tables in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

The Design Report shows A

se,V

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

Shear Steel Strength

135

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables f

uta

Variables Reference Comments

f

uta

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

f

uta

is the specifed tensile strength of the anchor steel.

Values for f

uta

specifc to each cast-in-place and post-installed anchor in the

PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program internal database. The

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for post-installed anchors also provide

values for f

uta

.

The Design Report shows f

uta

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

Variables n

Variables Reference Comments

n ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

PROFIS Anchor calculates steel strength in shear for a single cast-in-place

anchor or uses the value given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a

single post-installed anchor.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 for steel strength in shear.

The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the Steel

Strength design parameters.

Variables V

sa

Variables Reference Comments

V

sa

Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design

Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.

The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element

used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modifed version

of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).

The value (n 0.6 A

se,V

f

uta

) corresponds to the value shown as V

sa

in the Steel

Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

An additional reduction factor (

V,seis

) is applied to V

sa

when anchor design

includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design

Category C through F.

Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for

information regarding

V,seis

.

The Design Report shows the modifed version of EQ. (D-20) in the Equations

section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the value for V

sa

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to n 0.6A

se,V

f

uta

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

V,seis

is also

shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

PROFIS Anchor

Design Report

Shear Steel Strength

136

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations V

sa

Calculations Reference Comments

V

sa

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (V

sa

) for a

single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single

post-installed anchor ( V

xxxx

) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in V

xxxx

varies and is given in the

Evaluation Service Report.

The calculated value for V

sa

or the value V

xxxx

from the Evaluation Service

Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section

of the Design Report.

Shear Steel Strength

137

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

sa

Results Reference Comments

V

sa

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)

Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (V

sa

) for a

single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).

PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single

post-installed anchor (V

xxxx

) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in V

xxxx

varies and is given in the

Evaluation Service Report.

The calculated value for V

sa

or the value V

xxxx

from the Evaluation Service

Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section

of the Design Report.

Results V

sa

Results Reference Comments

V

sa

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as

V

sa

and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design

parameters.

Design Steel Strength equals:

steel

eb

V

sa

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Steel Strength equals:

steel

eb

nonductile

V

sa

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Results

eb

Results Reference Comments

eb

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.80 reduction for grouted base plates given

in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 as

eb

.

The Design Report shows

eb

in the Results section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

Shear Steel Strength

138

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

steel

Results Reference Comments

steel

cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii

post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx

PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine

the Steel Strength -factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.65 for

all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these

anchors satisfy the defnition of ductile steel element given in ACI 318-08,

Part D.1.

Steel Strength -factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions

of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the -factor is derived from

testing. Therefore, the -factors for post-installed anchors are specifc to an

anchor. The -factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for

each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the -factor from the ESR to calculate the

Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.

The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength -factor as

steel

and shows

this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in

ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths

corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon

in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for

nonductile

can be input ranging

from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine

if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and

the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

Shear Steel Strength

139

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Steel

Strength design parameters.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is applied to the

Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-

ductile steel element.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is not applied

to the Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a

ductile steel element.

Shear Steel Strength

140

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

).

ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear force applied to a

single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on the

icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors.

PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads

input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Shear Steel Strength

141

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in

Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS

Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in

compression.

The Design Report shows V

ua

corresponding to Steel Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the

highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor for those anchors that

are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will show a single asterisk

(*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for V

ua

pertains to the

highest shear load acting on a single anchor in the connection.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V

sa

is V

ua

must be satisfed. If the value for

V

sa

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the Design Report is

the value shown for V

ua

under the heading Load, the note OK will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design

criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other

calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding

value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for V

sa

is < V

ua

, the note not recommended will appear under

the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design

criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of

D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 4 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio V

ua

/ V

n

. When evaluating Steel

Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the factored shear load acting on a single

anchor as described above. V

n

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength

(V

sa

) for a single anchor as defned above.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

142

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

Vc

Equations Reference Comments

A

Vc

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)

A

Vc

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure

surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor

or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Vc

per the provisions of

D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows A

Vc

in

the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters

and the calculated value for A

Vc

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Vc

.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance

parameters used to calculate A

Vc

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor

over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

143

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations A

Vc

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Equations A

Vc0

Equations Reference Comments

A

Vc0

= 4.5 c

a1

2

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)

A

Vc0

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete

failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,

edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Vc0

per the

provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-23) in the Equations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

A

Vc0

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design

parameters.

Equations V

cb

or V

cbg

V

ua

Equations Reference Comments

V

cb

or V

cbg

V

ua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

144

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,v

Equations Reference Comments

1

ec,V

=

________

2 e

V

1 +

____

3 c

a1

ec,V

is a modifcation factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force

acts towards the edge of a concrete member.

ec,V

is only applied when

calculating concrete breakout (V

cbg

) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically

in shear.

If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it

must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force

that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on

the anchors.

The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when

calculating

ec,V

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-26) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value for

ec,V

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters .

PROFIS Anchor calculates

ec,V

using the factored loads, anchor spacing and

base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load

distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate

ec,V

.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

145

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,v

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main

screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

146

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

ec,v

(continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant shear

load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.

The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces

of the Design Report.

Equations

ed,v

Equations Reference Comments

ca2

ed,V

= 0.7 + 0.3

______

1.5c

a1

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)

ed,V

is the modifcation factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group of

anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows

EQ. (D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

147

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations

h,v

Equations Reference Comments

1.5 c

a1

h,v

=

_______

1.0

h

a

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)

h,V

is a modifcation factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in

a thin concrete member.

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defnes a thin member as one in which the

member thickness (h

a

) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge

(c

a1

) in the direction of shear load (V

ua

).

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-29) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Equations V

b

Equations Reference Comments

l

e

0.2

V

b

= 7

___

d

a

f

c

(c

a1

)

1.5

d

a

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24) V

b

is defned as the basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single

anchor in cracked concrete. This parameter corresponds to the concrete

breakout capacity of a single anchor not having any infuences from edge

distance or concrete thickness.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-24) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value for V

b

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Equations V

cb

Equations Reference Comments

A

Vc

V

cb

=

____

ed,V

c,V

h,V

parallel,V

V

b

A

Vc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(a) Equation (D-21)

Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (V

cb

) for a

single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. The PROFIS

Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-21) in the Equations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Equations V

cbg

Equations Reference Comments

A

Vc

V

cbg

=

____

ec,V

ed,V

c,V

h,V

parallel,V

V

b

A

Vc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(b) Equation (D-22)

Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (V

cbg

) for a

group of anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-22) in

the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

148

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a1

Variables Reference Comments

c

a1

c

a1

corresponds to the distance from the center of the anchor to the edge of

concrete, in the direction of the applied shear load.

PROFIS Anchor design assumptions with respect to c

a1

differ from those

made in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b).

At issue is:

which anchors are resisting shear load at any given time?

how is the shear load distributed among multiple rows of anchors?

If the anchors are rigidly attached to a base plate (e.g. welded), all of the

anchors can be assumed to take up the shear load simultaneously. If there is

an annular space between the anchor and base plate hole, only some of the

anchors may be taking up the load at any given time because it is reasonable

to assume that these anchors will not be centered in the holes.

When multiple rows of anchors make up the connection, the question

becomes how many of these rows are effective in taking up the shear load

and how is the load distributed among these rows?

Do all of the rows take up the load or only some of them?

How is the load distributed among the rows assumed to be taking up

the shear load?

Is the load distributed evenly among the rows (e.g. per ACI 318)?

Does the load vary as rows are located farther away from the edge?

PROFIS Anchor assumes that anchors installed through a fxture in which an

annular space exists between the anchor and the fxture do not all take up

shear load simultaneously. It assumes only the anchors nearest the edge of

concrete in the direction of the shear load take up the full shear load.

This is not to imply that the Appendix D assumptions are incorrect; rather,

PROFIS Anchor design assumptions represent an alternative approach to

calculating concrete breakout in shear.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

149

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a1

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Values for edge distance can be input via the main screen by highlighting the

edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.

Values for edge distance can also be input via the Input geometry icon in the

Base material tab.

The smallest value that can be used for c

a1

is limited by the minimum edge

distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. Neither

PROFIS Anchor, nor the provisions of ACI 318-08 Appendix D, nor the

provisions of ICC-ES AC308 provide a maximum limit for c

a1

.

When a connection consists of multiple rows of anchors, PROFIS Anchor

defaults to taking c

a1

from the row of anchors closest to the concrete edge in

the direction of the applied shear load.

The Design Report shows c

a1

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Variables c

a2

Variables Reference Comments

c

a2

ACI 318-08 Chapter 2 (defnitions) and Part D.6.2.6

c

a2

corresponds to an edge distance perpendicular to c

a1

and therefore

perpendicular to the direction of the shear load. PROFIS Anchor determines

c

a2

by correlating the edge distance values input by the user to the direction

of the factored load input by the user.

The smallest value that can be used for c

a2

is limited by the minimum edge

distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. The maximum

value for c

a2

that is considered for calculation purposes equals 1.5c

a1

.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

150

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables c

a2

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Users can input values for edge distance via the main screen by highlighting

the edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.

Users can also input values for edge distance via the Input geometry icon in

the Base material tab.

The Design Report shows c

a2

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

151

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables d

a

Variables Reference Comments

d

a

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2

d

a

corresponds to the anchor diameter inclusive of any external sleeve. d

a

is selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The Filter

Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab then

checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows d

a

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Variables e

V

Variables Reference Comments

e

V

ACI 318-08, D.6.2.5 and RD.6.2.5.

e

V

is defned in ACI 318-08 Apppendix D as the distance between the

resultant shear load acting on a group of anchors and the centroid of the

group of anchors. D.6.2.5 notes that only those anchors that are loaded

in shear in the same direction shall be considered when determining e

V

.

Therefore, e

V

is determined for those anchors that are loaded in shear

towards the edge of the concrete member.

e

V

is limited to a value the spacing between anchors loaded in shear

divided by 2.

e

V

is always positive.

Refer to Fig. RD.6.2.5 for an illustration of e

V

.

PROFIS Anchor calculates e

V

using the factored loads, anchor spacing and

base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load

distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate

ec,V

.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

152

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

V

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main

screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

153

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables e

V

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

Variables f

c

Variables Reference Comments

f

c

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5

f

c

corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in

PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f

c

values in PROFIS Anchor is as

follows:

cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi f

c

10000 psi

post-installed anchors: 2500 psi f

c

8000 psi

Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specifc to each

post-installed anchor.

The Design Report shows f

c

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

5.0 Conditiona of use

D.3.5 The values of f

c

used for calculation purposes

in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for cast-

in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.

Testing is required for post-installed anchors when

used in concrete with f

c

greater than 8,000 psi.

cast-in-place anchors

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

154

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables f

c

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

Users input a value for f

c

by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking

on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive

strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired

value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Variables h

a

Variables Reference Comments

h

a

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 h

a

corresponds to the thickness of the concrete member. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows h

a

in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The value for h

a

can be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor

over the parameter corresponding to concrete thickness, highlight it and

input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Concrete thickness can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the box titled Input geometry.

Variables

Variables Reference Comments

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.2

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.3

is a modifcation factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08

calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =

1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations contain

provisions for designing with lightweight and normal weight concrete.

The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

155

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables l

e

Variables Reference Comments

l

e

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2

l

e

is used in Equation (D-24) and Equation (D-25) to calculate the basic

concrete breakout strength in shear, V

b

.

l

e

is defned as the load bearing length of the anchor for shear and

corresponds to the portion of the embedded length of the anchor that is

effective in transmitting the applied shear load into the concrete member.

Per D.6.2.2, l

e

= MINIMUM {h

ef

; 8d

a

} for anchors demonstrated to have a

constant stiffness over their embedded length.

l

e

for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their embedded

length is limited to a value of 2d

a

. The illustrations to the left show how l

e

is

determined for anchors that have a constant stiffness over their embedded

length and for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their

embedded length.

h

ef

corresponds to the effective embedment depth of the anchor and d

a

corresponds to the outside diameter of the anchor element.

All of the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed

to have a constant stiffness over their embedded length. The following

post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed to have a

constant stiffness over their embedded length:

threaded rods and rebar used with RE 500-SD, HY-150 MAX-SD, and

HY-150 MAX

HDA-P and HDA-T undercut anchors

Kwik Bolt-TZ, Kwik Bolt 3 expansion anchors

Kwik HUS-EZ and Kwik HUS screw anchors

HSL-3 expansion anchors consist of an external sleeve that is separated from

the expansion elements by a plastic section. These anchors do not exhibit

constant stiffness characteristics over their embedded length. Therefore, per

D.6.2.2, PROFIS Anchor calculates l

e

= 2d

a

for HSL-3 anchors.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

156

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables l

e

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

The value for h

ef

that is used to determine l

e

for cast-in-place and adhesive

anchors is input by clicking on the Anchor Layout tab, checking the box

Variable Embedment Depth, then inputting an embedment depth value.

The value for h

ef

is fxed for mechanical anchors and is specifc to an anchor

type and diameter.

The value for d

a

that is used to determine l

e

corresponds to the anchor

diameter selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The

Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab

then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.

The Design Report shows l

e

and d

a

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters. h

ef

is shown in the Variables section of

the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

157

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

c,V

Variables Reference Comments

c,V

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.7

c,V

is a modifcation factor pertaining to the assumed existence of either

cracked or uncracked concrete conditions with or without supplementary

edge reinforcement.

PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for

c,V

depending on the type of

anchor being designed:

c,V

= 1.0 for cracked concrete conditions

c,V

= 1.2 for cracked concrete with edge reinforcement #4 bar

c,V

= 1.4 for cracked concrete with #4 bar + stirrups

c,V

= 1.4 for uncracked concrete conditions

The use of supplementary reinforcement consisting of stirrups is typically only

practical when designing cast-in-place anchors.

Click on the Base material tab, then click on the box titled Supplementary

reinforcement to view options for

c,V

. Highlight and click the desired option.

The Design Report shows the value for

c,V

in the Variables section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by

loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete

is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions.

Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of

reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing

steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in

(0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to

the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x

static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International

Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition

for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the

existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load

compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked

concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown

that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over

the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions,

post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete

as well as for seismic loading.

Variables

parallel,V

Variables Reference Comments

parallel,V

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c)

parallel,V

is the PROFIS Anchor designation for a multiplier used to account

for shear parallel to an edge. Refer to ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c) and the

illustrations to the left.

PROFIS Anchor designates

parallel,V

equal to 1.0 when the concrete breakout

strength V

cb

or V

cbg

is calculated for shear load acting towards a free edge of

concrete. PROFIS Anchor designates

parallel,V

equal to 2.0 when V

cb

or V

cbg

is

calculated per D.6.2.1(c) for shear acting parallel to an edge.

The Design Report shows

parallel,V

in the Variables section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

158

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Vc

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Vc

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)

A

Vc

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure

surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor

or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Vc

per the provisions of

D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows A

Vc

in

the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters

and the calculated value for A

Vc

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A

Vc

.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance

parameters used to calculate A

Vc

directly on the main screen. Place the cursor

over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the Enter" key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

159

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations A

Vc

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,

then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Calculations A

Vc0

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Vc0

ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)

A

Vc0

is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete

failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,

edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates A

Vc0

per the

provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-23) in the Equations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for

A

Vc0

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design

parameters.

Calculations

ec,V

Calculations Reference Comments

ec,V

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.5: Equation (D-26)

ec,V

is a modifcation factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force

acts towards the edge of a concrete member.

ec,V

is only applied when

calculating concrete breakout (V

cbg

) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically

in shear.

If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it

must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force

that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on

the anchors.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

160

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec,V

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when

calculating

ec,V

.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-26) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value for

ec,V

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters .

PROFIS Anchor calculates

ec,V

using the factored loads, anchor spacing and

base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load

distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate

ec,V

.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

161

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec,V

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main

screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and

input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout

tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate

assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer

to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

162

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

ec,V

(continued)

Calculations Reference Comments

Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.

Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.

NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.

The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer

shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate

Calculations for more information.

Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate

length and width.

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions

input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the

connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant shear

load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.

The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces

of the Design Report. Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension

and compression forces that are assumed to act on the anchorage as well as

the shear forces assumed to act on each anchor.

Calculations

ed,V

Calculations Reference Comments

ed,V

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)

ed,V

is the modifcation factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group

of anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ.

(D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design

parameters and the calculated value for

ed,V

in the Calculations section of

the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

163

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations

h,V

Calculations Reference Comments

h,V

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)

1.5 c

a1

h,v

=

_______

1.0

h

a

h,V

is a modifcation factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in

a thin concrete member.

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defnes a thin member as one in which the

member thickness (h

a

) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge

(c

a1

) in the direction of shear load (V

ua

).

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-29) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Calculations V

b

Equation D-24

Calculations Reference Comments

V

b

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24)

l

e

0.2

V

b

= 7

___

d

a

f

c

(c

a1

)

1.5

d

a

V

b

is defned as the basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single

anchor in cracked concrete. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows

EQ. (D-24) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters and the calculated value for V

b

in the Calculations section

of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Calculations V

b

Equation D-25

Calculations Reference Comments

V

b

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.3 EQ. (D-25)

l

e

0.2

V

b

= 8

___

d

a

f

c

(c

a1

)

1.5

d

a

V

b

is defned as the basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single

anchor in cracked concrete. EQ. (D-25) is applicable to cast-in-place

anchors that are continuously welded to steel attachments. Criteria for using

this equation are given in D.6.2.3.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-25) in the Equations

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the

calculated value for V

b

in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

164

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cb

Results Reference Comments

V

cb

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21)

A

Vc

V

cb

=

____

ed,V

c,V

h,V

parallel,V

V

b

A

Vc0

V

cb

corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single

cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor

calculates V

cb

per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21) using the calculated

values for A

Vc

, A

Vc0

,

ed,V

,

h,V

, V

b

shown in the Calculations section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for

c,V

and

parallel,V

shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

The result of the calculation for V

cb

is shown in the Results section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Results V

cbg

Results Reference Comments

V

cbg

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22)

A

Vc

V

cbg

=

____

ec,V

ed,V

c,V

h,V

parallel,V

V

b

A

Vc0

V

cbg

corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of

cast-in-place anchors or post-installed anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates

V

cbg

per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22) using the calculated values for

A

Vc

, A

Vc0

,

ec,V

,

ed,V

,

h,V

, V

b

shown in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for

c,V

and

parallel,V

shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

The result of the calculation for V

cbg

is shown in the Results section of the

Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Results V

cb

Results Reference Comments

V

cb

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout

Strength for a single anchor as V

cb

and shows this value in the Results

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

V

cb

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cb

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

165

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cbg

Results Reference Comments

V

cbg

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout

Strength for a group of anchors as V

cbg

and shows this value in the Results

section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

V

cbg

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cbg

for seismic conditions.

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in shear as

concrete

. The value

for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.

When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits

selection of

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as

given in D.4.4.c.i.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

166

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

ESR-1546 for

HDA Undercut Anchor

Post-installed anchor values for

concrete

are determined via testing. Condition

B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is

reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary

reinforcement specifc to the anchors.

The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the anchor will show

concrete

values corresponding to Condition B.

Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,

and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity

associated with Condition A.

Post-installed anchor Condition A

concrete

factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS

Anchor will use the Condition A values for

concrete

given in D.4.4.c.i.

D.4.4c.i

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strength.

D.4.4c.i

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,fc

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post installed

anchors

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

167

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

168

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Results V

ua

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

169

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the

user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Shear Concrete Breakout Strength

170

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows

the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads

acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/

Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for

anchors determined to be in compression.

The Design Report shows V

ua

corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength

in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout

Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout

Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the

anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a

double asterisk (**) next to Concrete edge failure indicating that the value

for V

ua

pertains to the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are

determined to be in shear.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V

cb

V

ua

or V

cbg

V

ua

must be satisfed. If

the value for V

cb

or V

cbg

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of

the Design Report is the value shown for V

ua

under the heading Load, the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for V

cb

or V

cbg

is < V

ua

, the note not recommended will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the

design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the

criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

V

[%] in Part 4 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio V

ua

/ V

n

. When evaluating Concrete

Breakout Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on

the anchors in the connection as described above. V

n

corresponds to the

Design Concrete Breakout Strength (V

cb

or V

cbg

) as defned above.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

171

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

cp

or V

cpg

versus V

ua

Equation Reference Comments

V

cp

or V

cpg

V

ua

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2

Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each

calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Equations V

cp

Equation Reference Comments

A

Nc

V

cp

= k

cp

_____

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate V

cp

for a single cast-

in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive

anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the

controlling value for:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single

mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations

section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive

anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for

pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

172

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

cpg

Equation Reference Comments

A

Nc

V

cpg

= k

cp

_____

ec,N

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value

for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

PROFIS Anchor calculations for V

cpg

assume that all anchors involved in

resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,

if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in

compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that

are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the

anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a

group of mechanical anchors.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete

breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cpg

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cpg

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

N

cbg

calculations for tension

based on 4-bolts in tension.

4-anchors are in tension.

6-anchors are in shear.

N

cbg

calculations for pryout

based on 6-bolts in shear.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

173

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables k

cp

Variables Reference Comments

k

cp

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.3.1 k

cp

is defned as the coeffcient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30) or

EQ. (D-31) in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, k

cp

is multiplied by the Nominal

Concrete Breakout Strength in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout

Strength (V

cp

or V

cpg

) in shear.

k

cp

is dependent on the embedment depth (h

ef

) selected for a given anchor

such that:

k

cp

= 1.0 for h

ef

< 2.5 in.

k

cp

= 2.0 for h

ef

2.5 in.

When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

174

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables k

cp

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

When designing adhesive anchors, users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter" key to set the new

value.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

175

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables k

cp

(continued)

Variables Reference Comments

The value for h

ef

when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for

each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values

cannot be used.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and

embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

176

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations V

cp

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Nc

V

cp

= k

cp

_____

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate V

cp

for a single cast-

in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive

anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the

controlling value for:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single

mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations

section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive

anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for

pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Calculations V

cpg

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Nc

V

cpg

= k

cp

_____

ec,N

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value

for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

When determining V

cpg

, PROFIS Anchor performs calculations for those

anchors that are in shear based on the assumption that all anchors involved

in resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations

section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place

anchors and for a group of mechanical anchors.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations

section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive

anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for

pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cpg

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cpg

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

N

cbg

calculations for tension

based on 4-bolts in tension.

4-anchors are in tension.

6-anchors are in shear.

N

cbg

calculations for pryout

based on 6-bolts in shear.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

177

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cp

Results Reference Comments

V

cp

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate V

cp

for a single cast-

in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive

anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the

controlling value for:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single

mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations

section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive

anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for

pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls)

Equations

A

Nc

V

cp

= k

cp

_____

ed,N

c,N

cp,N

N

b

A

Nc0

ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-30)

Results V

cpg

Results Reference Comments

V

cpg

ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V

cpg

for a group of

adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value

for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

PROFIS Anchor calculations for V

cpg

assume that all anchors involved in

resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,

if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in

compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that

are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the

anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.

N

cbg

calculations for tension

based on 4-bolts in tension.

4-anchors are in tension.

6-anchors are in shear.

N

cbg

calculations for pryout

based on 6-bolts in shear.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

178

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cpg

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a

group of mechanical anchors.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-31) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete

breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cpg

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cpg

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Results V

cp

Results Reference Comments

V

cp

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for

a single anchor as V

cp

and shows this value in the Results section of the

Pryout Strength design parameters.

Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

V

cp

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cp

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

179

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cpg

Results Reference Comments

V

cpg

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a

group of anchors as V

cpg

and shows this value in the Results section of the

Pryout Strength design parameters.

Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

V

cpg

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cpg

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i

post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to some form of concrete breakout in shear as

concrete

. The

value for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength

design parameters.

When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits

selection of

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as

given in D.4.4.c.i.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

180

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

ESR-1546 for

HDA Undercut Anchor

Post-installed anchor values for

concrete

are determined via testing. Condition

B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is

reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary

reinforcement specifc to the anchors.

The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

for the anchor will show

concrete

values corresponding to Condition B.

Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,

and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity

associated with Condition A.

Post-installed anchor Condition A

concrete

factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS

Anchor will use the Condition A values for

concrete

given in D.4.4.c.i.

D.4.4c.i

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strength.

D.4.4c.i

Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,fc

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed

anchors

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

181

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions. Click on the icon titled

Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions have

been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths per D.3.3.3.

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength

design parameters.

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

182

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength

design parameters.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

183

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the

user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls

184

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting

on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum

of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows

the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads

acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/

Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for

anchors determined to be in compression.

The Design Report shows V

ua

corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, V

ua

corresponds to

the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be

in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout

Strength indicating that the value for V

ua

pertains to the total factored shear

load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V

cp

V

ua

or V

cpg

V

ua

must be satisfed. If the

value for V

cp

or V

cpg

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the

Design Report is the value shown for V

ua

under the heading Load, the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for V

cp

or V

cpg

is < V

ua

, the note not recommended will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the

design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the

criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 4 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio V

ua

/ V

n

. When evaluating Pryout

Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the

anchors in the connection as described above. V

n

corresponds to the

Design Pryout Strength (V

cp

or V

cpg

) as defned above.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

185

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

cp

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na

V

cp

= k

cp

_____

ed,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate V

cp

for a single

adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling

value in:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength

is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Equations V

cpg

Equations Reference Comments

A

Na

V

cpg

= k

cp

_____

ed,Na

g,Na

ec,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)

PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate V

cpg

for a group

of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

PROFIS Anchor calculations for V

cpg

assume that all anchors involved in

resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,

if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in

compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that

are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the

anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond

strength is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cpg

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cpg

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

N

ag

calculations for tension

based on 2-anchors in tension.

N

ag

calculations for pryout

based on 3-anchors in shear.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

186

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

cp

or V

cpg

versus V

ua

Equations Reference Comments

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2

Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each

calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

187

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables k

cp

Variables Reference Comments

k

cp

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.6.3.2 k

cp

is defned as the coeffcient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30a) or

EQ. (D-30b) in ICC-ES AC308, k

cp

is multiplied by the Nominal Bond Strength

in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout Strength (V

cp

or V

cpg

) in

shear. k

cp

is dependent on the embedment depth (h

ef

) selected for a given

anchor such that:

k

cp

= 1.0 for h

ef

< 2.5 in.

k

cp

= 2.0 for h

ef

2.5 in.

When designing adhesive anchors, the users can input values for effective

embedment depth (h

ef

) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a

maximum value of:

MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.

Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.

Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter

using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the

main screen.

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth

and input an appropriate value for h

ef

. Click the Enter key to set the new

value.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

188

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations V

cp

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Na

V

cp

= k

cp

_____

ed,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate V

cp

for a single

adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling

value in:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength

is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Calculations V

cpg

Calculations Reference Comments

A

Na

V

cpg

= k

cp

_____

ed,Na

g,Na

ec,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)

N

ag

calculations for tension

based on 2-anchors in tension.

N

ag

calculations for pryout

based on 3-anchors in shear.

PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate V

cpg

for a group

of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

PROFIS Anchor calculations for V

cpg

assume that all anchors involved in

resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,

if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in

compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that

are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the

anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond

strength is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cpg

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cpg

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

189

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cp

Results Reference Comments

V

cp

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate V

cp

for a single

adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling

value in:

V

cp

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

a

; k

cp

N

cb

}.

The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout

Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength

is the controlling condition for pryout.

The parameters used to calculate V

cp

are shown in the Calculations section

of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V

cp

is

shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Results V

cpg

Results Reference Comments

A

Na

V

cpg

= k

cp

_____

ed,Na

g,Na

ec,Na

p,Na

N

a0

A

Na0

ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)

PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate V

cpg

for a group

of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:

V

cpg

= MINIMUM {k

cp

N

ag

; k

cp

N

cbg

}.

N

ag

calculations for tension

based on 2-anchors in tension.

N

ag

calculations for pryout

based on 3-anchors in shear.

PROFIS Anchor calculations for V

cpg

assume that all anchors involved in

resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,

if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in

compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that

are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the

anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

190

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

cp

Results Reference Comments

V

cp

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for

a single anchor as V

cp

and shows this value in the Results section of the

Pryout Strength design parameters.

Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

V

cp

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cp

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Results V

cpg

Results Reference Comments

V

cpg

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a

group of anchors as V

cpg

and shows this value in the Results section of the

Pryout Strength design parameters.

Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

V

cpg

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete

seismic

nonductile

V

cpg

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

191

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

Results Reference Comments

concrete

c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength

Condition A Condition B

i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads

Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or

hooked bolts 0.75 0.70

Post-installed anchors

with category as determined

from ACI 355.2

Category 1 0.75 0.65

(low sensitivity

to installation and

high reliability)

Category 2 0.65 0.55

(medium sensitivity

to installation and

medium reliability)

Category 3 0.55 0.45

(High sensitivity

to installation and

lower reliability)

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor

corresponding to some form of concrete breakout as

concrete

. The value

for

concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design

parameters.

The illustration to the left is taken from ACI 318-08. It references

concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as given in D.4.4.c.i. These

values are intended to be used for cast-in-place anchors.

ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

ESR-1546 for

HDA Undercut Anchor

Post-installed anchor values for

concrete

are determined via testing. Condition

B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is

reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary

reinforcement specifc to the anchors.

The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for

the anchor will show

concrete

values corresponding to Condition B.

Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,

and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity

associated with Condition A.

Post-installed anchor Condition A

concrete

factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS

Anchor will use the Condition A values for

concrete

given in D.4.4.c.i.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

192

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

concrete

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

D.4.4c.i

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is present except for pullout and pryout strength.

D.4.4c.i

Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement

is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.

Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B

concrete

factors

when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete

N

pn

pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete

N

pn,fc

pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete

V

cp

and

concrete

V

cpg

pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,

mechanical and adhesive post-installed

anchors

Results

seismic

Results Reference Comments

seismic

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as

seismic

. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor

design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for

structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Select seismic design by clicking on the Loads tab, then clicking on the icon

titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions

have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.

PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design

Strengths per D.3.3.3.

seismic

= 0.75

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

193

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

seismic

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The value for

seismic

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength

design parameters.

When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows

= 0.75.

When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show

seismic

.

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding

to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information

about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design

icon in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for

nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when

inputting values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part

D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI

318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to

the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength

design parameters.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

194

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear

force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the

cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired

value. Click the enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then

clicking on the Enter loads icon.

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the

user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls

195

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows

the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads

acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/

Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for

anchors determined to be in compression.

The Design Report shows V

ua

corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design

parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, V

ua

corresponds to

the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be

in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout

Strength indicating that the value for V

ua

pertains to the total factored shear

load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V

cp

V

ua

or V

cpg

V

ua

must be satisfed. If

the value for V

cp

or V

cpg

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of

the Design Report is the value shown for V

ua

under the heading Load, the

note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening

meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if

all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the

corresponding value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for V

cp

or V

cpg

is < V

ua

, the note not recommended will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the

design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the

criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 4 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio V

ua

/ V

n

. When evaluating Pryout

Strength, V

ua

corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the

anchors in the connection as described above. V

n

corresponds to the

Design Pryout Strength (V

cp

or V

cpg

) as defned above.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

196

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations Stand-off Condition None

Equations Reference Comments

No Stand-Off

No stand-off can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab, then

clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.

Highlight and click on No stand-off.

PROFIS Anchor defaults to this option unless a specifc type of stand-off is

selected.

Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping

Equations Reference Comments

Stand-Off without Clamping

Stand-off without clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate

tab, then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.

Highlight and click on Stand-off without clamping.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for

Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor

with no clamping at the surface of the concrete.

Adhesive anchors and cast-in-place anchors can be installed without

clamping at the surface of the concrete. PROFIS Anchor will default to

adhesive anchors when users are designing post-installed anchors and

Stand-off without clamping is selected.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

197

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping (continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Bending Equation for Stand-off

M

x M

s

V

s

M

=

_______

L

b

Illustration #2

Stand-off without clamping at surface of concrete

M

s

denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load (V

ua

) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation

for M

s

to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.

The lever arm (L

b

) will increase by a value of 0.5d

0

when no clamping is

assumed at the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L

b

to obtain

detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.

Users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) by inputting a value in the

box titled Rotational restraint. Values for

M

can range between 1.0

(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor

defaults to

M

= 1.0 when no clamping is assumed at the surface of the

concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) > 1.0

by inputting a value between 1 and 2.

Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping

Equations Reference Comments

Stand-Off with Clamping

Stand-off with clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,

then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight

and click on Stand-off with clamping.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for

Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor

with clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. Mechanical anchors

must be installed with clamping at the surface of the concrete unless the

stand-off is grouted.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

198

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping (continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Bending Equation for Stand-off

M

x M

s

V

s

M

=

_______

L

b

Illustration #3

Stand-off with clamping at surface of concrete

M

s

denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load (V

ua

) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation

for M

s

to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.

The lever arm (L

b

) will equal the value z when clamping is assumed at the

surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L

b

to obtain detailed

information on how to calculate this parameter.

Users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) by inputting a value in the

box titled Rotational restraint. Values for

M

can range between 1.0

(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor

defaults to

M

= 1.0 when clamping is assumed at the surface of the

concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) > 1.0

by inputting a value between 1 and 2.

Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting

Equations Reference Comments

Stand-Off with Grouting

Stand-off with grouting can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,

then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight

and click on Stand-off with grouting.

PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for

Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor

with no clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. All of the anchors

in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio can be utilized when stand-off with grouting

is selected.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

199

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting (continued)

Equations Reference Comments

Bending Equation for Stand-off

M

x M

s

V

s

M

=

_______

L

b

Illustration #4

Stand-off with grouting

M

s

denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load (V

ua

) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation

for M

s

to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.

Adhesive anchors, cast-in-place anchors and mechanical anchors can be

installed without clamping at the surface of the concrete when the stand-off

is grouted. PROFIS Anchor conservatively assumes the lever arm (L

b

) will

increase by a value of 0.5d

0

when stand-off with grouting is selected. This

corresponds to the assumption made when no clamping is assumed at

the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L

b

to obtain detailed

information on how to calculate this parameter.

Users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) by inputting a value in the

box titled Rotational restraint. Values for

M

can range between 1.0

(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor

defaults to

M

= 2.0 when stand-off with grouting is selected; however,

users can select a level of rotational restraint (

M

) < 2.0 by inputting a value

between 1 and 2.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

200

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations V

s

m

Equations Reference Comments

Bending Equation for Stand-off

M

x M

s

V

s

M

=

_______

L

b

ETAG 001, Annex C - Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.

When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is

denoted V

s

M

. This load corresponds to the fexural bending of the anchor steel.

Calculations for fexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report

under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are

performed for a single anchor. The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to

calculate fexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European

Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:

ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.

Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.

The Design Report shows the equation for V

s

M

in the Equations section of

the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value

for V

s

M

in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters

Equations M

S

Equations Reference Comments

N

ua

M

S

= M

S

0

1

_____

N

sa

Resultant fexural resistance of anchor M

s

denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows the equation used to calculate M

s

in the Equations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the

calculated value for M

s

in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Equations M

S

0

Equations Reference Comments

M

S

0

= 1.2 S f

u,min

Characteristic fexural resistance of anchor M

s

0

denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding

to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to

calculate M

s

0

in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm

design parameters and the calculated value for M

s

0

in the Calculations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

201

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations S

Equations Reference Comments

S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the

calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The

value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of

anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.

(d

nominal

)

3

s

=

_________

32

cast-in-place anchors

(d

minor

)

3

s

=

________

32

post-installed anchors

The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d

0

in the Variables

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor

anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the

program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into

fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.

Equations L

b

Equations Reference Comments

L

b

L

b

corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt

bending M

s

. The value (n)(d

0

) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.

(n)(d

0

) is used to account for a point of fxity located 0.5d

0

below the surface

of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of

the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping

is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to

increase by a value of 0.5d

0

.

PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place

anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off without clamping is selected as

a design option.

PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and

post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off with grouting is

selected as a design option.

The Design Report shows the equation for L

b

in the Equations section of

the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value

for L

b

in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

202

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations (1 N

ua

/N

sa

)

Equations Reference Comments

N

ua

1

_____

N

sa

The value (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts

simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.

N

ua

corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single

anchor.

N

sa

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,

using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.

(1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for N

ua

and N

sa

are

shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Equations V

s

M

versus V

ua

Equations Reference Comments

V

s

M

V

ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions

by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength

Design according to ACI 318-08.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With

Lever Arm as V

s

M

and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel

Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

steel

V

s

M

for non-seismic

conditions.

Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

steel

nonductile

V

s

M

for seismic

conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

203

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables

M

Variables Reference Comments

M

is a coeffcient that is used to defne the degree of rotational restraint for a

stand-off application.

M

= 1.0 when no rotational restraint is assumed.

M

= 2.0 when full rotational restraint is assumed.

When a stand-off option is selected, users can enter a value for

M

in the

box titled Rotational Restraint. Click on the Anchor Plate tab, then click on

the box titled Stand-off.

M

can range between 1 and 2 depending on the

amount of rotational restraint assumed by the user. If a stand-off condition

other than grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an

M

value =

1.0. If stand-off with grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an

M

value = 2.0.

The Design Report shows

M

in the Variables section of the Steel Failure

With Lever Arm design parameters.

Variables f

u,min

Variables Reference Comments

f

u,min

f

u,min

corresponds to the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the anchor

element.

PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place

anchor portfolio

ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD

Ultimate tensile strength values for the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS

Anchor portfolio correspond to ASTM F1554 anchor bolts.

Ultimate tensile strength values for post-installed anchors are given in the

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.

The Design Report shows the value for f

u,min

in the Variables section of the

Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

204

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables N

ua

Variables Reference Comments

N

ua

N

ua

1

_____

N

sa

The value (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts

simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.

N

ua

corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single

anchor.

N

sa

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,

using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.

(1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for N

ua

and N

sa

are

shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on

the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

205

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables z

Variables Reference Comments

z L

b

corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt

bending M

s

.

z equals the distance measured from the surface of the concrete to the

center of the base plate.

The Design Report shows the value for z in the Variables section of the Steel

Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

The distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate

is designated in PROFIS Anchor as Distance. Click on the Anchor Plate tab,

then click on the box titled Stand-off. Enter the value corresponding to the

distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate in

the box titled Distance.

The base plate thickness can be entered by highlighting the corresponding

parameter on the main screen and inputting a value; or by clicking on the

Anchor Plate tab, then entering a value in the box titled Thickness.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

206

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables d

0

Variables Reference Comments

d

0

d

0

corresponds to the diameter of the anchor element. Values for d

0

are used

to calculate the lever arm (L

b

) that is used in the bolt bending equation.

d

0

for a specifc anchor is selected from the anchor portfolios that appear in

the Filter Pane.

The Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View

tab then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.

The Design Report shows d

0

in the Variables section of the Steel failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

207

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Variables n

Variables Reference Comments

n The value (n)(d

0

) is used to account for a point of fxity located at or below the

surface of the concrete, as a result of localized crushing that may occur at

the side of a drilled hole.

When clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of fxity is

assumed to be located at the surface of the concrete. The value for n equals 0.

When no clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of

fxity is assumed to be located 0.5d

0

below the surface of the concrete. The

value for n equals 0.50.

Although cast-in-place anchor installation does not involve a drilled hole,

PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place

anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off without clamping is selected as

a design option.

PROFIS Anchor also conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place

and post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off with grouting

is selected as a design option.

The Design Report shows n in the Variables section of the Steel failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Variables N

sa

Variables Reference Comments

N

sa

N

ua

1

_____

N

sa

The value (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts

simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.

N

ua

corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single

anchor.

N

sa

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,

using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.

(1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for N

ua

and N

sa

are

shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

208

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations L

b

Calculations Reference Comments

L

b

L

b

corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt

bending M

s

. The value (n)(d

0

) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.

(n)(d

0

) is used to account for a point of fxity located 0.5d

0

below the surface

of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of

the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping

is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to

increase by a value of 0.5d

0

.

PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place

anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off without clamping is selected as

a design option.

PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and

post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d

0

when Stand-off with grouting is

selected as a design option.

The Design Report shows the equation for L

b

in the Equations section of

the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value

for L

b

in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Calculations M

S

Calculations Reference Comments

M

S

N

u

M

S

= M

S

0

1

_____

N

sa

M

s

denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a

shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows the equation used to calculate M

s

in the Equations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the

calculated value for M

s

in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Calculations M

S

0

Calculations Reference Comments

M

S

0

M

S

0

= 1.2 S f

u,min

M

s

0

denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding

to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to

calculate M

s

0

in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm

design parameters and the calculated value for M

s

0

in the Calculations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

209

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations S

Calculations Reference Comments

S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor

Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the

calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters.

Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The

value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of

anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.

(d

nominal

)

3

s

=

_________

32

cast-in-place anchors

(d

minor

)

3

s

=

________

32

post-installed anchors

The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d

0

in the Variables

section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor

anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the

program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into

fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.

Calculations (1 N

ua

/N

sa

)

Calculations Reference Comments

N

ua

1

_____

N

sa

The value (1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts

simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.

N

ua

corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single

anchor.

N

sa

corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,

using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.

(1 N

ua

/N

sa

) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for N

ua

and N

sa

are

shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

210

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

s

M

Results Reference Comments

V

s

M

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

).

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With

Lever Arm as V

s

M

and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel

Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

steel

V

s

M

for non-seismic conditions.

Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

steel

nonductile

V

s

M

for seismic conditions.

A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Results

nonductile

Results Reference Comments

nonductile

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in

ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as

nonductile

. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths

corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pullout Strength

Nominal Bond Strength

Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the

defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy

the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.

Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength

Nominal Pryout Strength

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

211

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

nonductile

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if

Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon

in yellow.

Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for

nonductile

can be input ranging

from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for

nonductile

different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine

if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and

the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of

nonductile

= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.

The value for

nonductile

is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength

design parameters.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is applied to the

Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile

steel element.

The Design Report results to the left show how

nonductile

is not applied to the

Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile

steel element.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

212

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results

steel

Results Reference Comments

steel

cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii

post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx

PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine

the Steel Strength -factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.65 for

all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these

anchors satisfy the defnition of ductile steel element given in ACI 318-08,

Part D.1.

Steel Strength -factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions

of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the -factor is derived from

testing. Therefore, the -factors for post-installed anchors are specifc to an

anchor. The -factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for

each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the -factor from the ESR to calculate the

Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.

The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength -factor as

steel

and shows

this value in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters.

Results V

S

M

Results Reference Comments

V

S

M

ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.

M

x M

s

V

s

M

=

_______

L

b

When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is

denoted V

s

M

. This load corresponds to the fexural bending of the anchor

steel.

Calculations for fexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report

under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are

performed for a single anchor.The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to

calculate fexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European

Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:

ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.

Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.

The Design Report shows the equation for V

s

M

in the Equations section of

the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value

for V

s

M

in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design

parameters

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

213

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

Results Reference Comments

V

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V

n

) to a Factored

Service Load (V

ua

).

ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V

ua

as the factored shear force applied to a

single anchor or group of anchors.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to

ACI 318-08.

Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and

entering a value.

Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on

the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm

214

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Results V

ua

(continued)

Results Reference Comments

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part

1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that

includes the factors.

PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads

input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads

acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The

sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or

shear.

Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors

being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides

information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and

compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in

Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS

Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in

compression.

The Design Report shows V

ua

corresponding to Steel Failure With Lever Arm

in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. When evaluating Steel Failure With Lever Arm,

V

ua

corresponds to the highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor

for those anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will

show a single asterisk (*) next to Steel Failure With Lever Arm indicating

that the value for V

ua

pertains to the highest shear load acting on a single

anchor in the connection.

Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V

s

M

is > V

ua

must be satisfed. If the value for

V

s

M

shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the Design Report is

the value shown for V

ua

under the heading Load, the note OK will appear

under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design

criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other

calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding

value for N

ua

or V

ua

respectively.

If the value for V

s

M

is < V

ua

, the note not recommended will appear under

the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design

criteria will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of

D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The value shown under the heading Utilization

N

[%] in Part 4 of the

Design Report corresponds to the ratio V

ua

/ V

n

. When evaluating Steel

Failure With Lever Arm, V

ua

corresponds to the factored shear load acting on

a single anchor as described above. V

n

corresponds to the Design Steel

Failure With Lever Arm (V

s

M

) for a single anchor as defned above.

ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions

215

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs

calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . 216

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . . 217

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3 . . . . . . . . 219

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4 . . . . . . . . 221

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5 . . . . . . . . 223

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 . . . . . . . . 225

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

ACI 318-08

Seismic Provisions

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3

216

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3

ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 contains provisions for seismic design of anchorages

into concrete. Seismic design provisions are used when designing

anchorages that include earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic

Design Category C through F.

PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.

When Seismic design is selected, three design options become available via

the following provisions: D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5 and D.3.3.6.

Refer to the section in the Design Report titled Warnings for information

about the seismic provisions of D.3.3.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.2

217

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.2 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2

D.3.3.2 Post-installed structural anchors shall be

qualifed for use in cracked concrete and shall have

passed the Simulated Seismic Tests in accordance

with ACI 355.2. Pullout strength N

p

and steel strength

of the anchor in shear V

sa

shall be based on the results

of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.

Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally

controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to

the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318

and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and

post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity

and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete

conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not

occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed

for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

PROFIS Anchor will only perform seismic calculations for post-installed

anchors that have been qualifed in cracked concrete for seismic conditions.

These anchors can subsequently be used for seismic design in either cracked

or uncracked concrete conditions.

Reference D.3.3.3 for information about uncracked concrete and seismic

design.

Highlighted anchors

are only qualifed

for uncracked

concrete, non-seismic

conditions.

PROFIS Anchor will flter out post-installed anchors that are only qualifed for

use in uncracked concrete when Seismic design is selected.

Uncracked concrete

seismic design

selected.

Filtering permits only

anchors qualifed for

seismic conditions.

Note in the illustrations to the left that the KWIK HUS and Kwik Bolt 3

anchors have been fltered out when seismic conditions are selected. The

KWIK HUS-EZ and Kwik Bolt-TZ anchors remain because they have been

qualifed for seismic conditions.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.2

218

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 (continued)

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

ESR-2322 for HIT-RE 500-SD

V,seis

= reduction for steel

strength in shear

N,seis

= reduction for bond

strength in tension

Post-installed anchors may have some additional parameters for seismic

conditions. These parameters will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service

Report for the anchor and will be noted as relevant for seismic design.

PROFIS Anchor will utilize these parameters when performing seismic

calculations in both cracked and uncracked concrete conditions.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.3

219

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3

D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N

n

and 0.75V

n

where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

N

n

and V

n

are determined in accordance with D.5.2,

D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete

is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the

concrete remains uncracked.

PROFIS Anchor applies a factor = 0.75 to all non-steel design strengths

including Design Bond Strength (N

a

and N

ag

) per D.3.3.3 and designates

this factor as

seismic

.

seismic design options

seismic

is NOT applied to

Design Steel Strength

N

sa

and V

sa

.

seismic

IS applied to ALL

non-steel design strengths.

}

When users click on the box titled Seismic design, PROFIS Anchor will apply

seismic

to all non-steel Design Strength calculations regardless of the seismic

option being selected.

seismic

will be shown in the Results section for each non-steel Design

Strength.

Select Seimic design for either post-installed anchors or

cast-in-place anchors.

Calculations can be performed

for either cracked concrete or

uncracked concrete conditions.

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.

Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally

controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are

assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to

the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318

and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and

post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity

and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete

conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not

occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed

for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

When users select anchor design for seismic conditions, cracked or

uncracked concrete conditions can be selected.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.3

220

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3 (continued)

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

seismic / uncracked

concrete is selected

If uncracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor

utilizes all relevant parameters and factors for uncracked concrete in the

seismic calculations.

uncracked concrete

parmeters

Uncracked concrete parameters have been utilized.

seismic factors

Seismic factors have been utilized.

seismic / cracked

concrete is selected

If cracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor utilizes

all relevant parameters and factors for cracked concrete in the seismic

calculations.

cracked concrete

parmeters

Cracked concrete parameters have been utilized.

seismic factors

Seismic factors have been utilized.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.4

221

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4

D.3.3.4 Anchors shall be designed to be governed

by the steel strength of a ductile steel element as

determined in accordance with D.5.1 and D.6.1 unless

either D.3.3.5 or D.3.3.6 is satisfed.

PROFIS Anchor defaults to the provisions of D.3.3.4 when Seismic design is

selected.

When D.3.3.4 is selected two criteria have to be satisfed:

1. the anchor element selected for use is a ductile steel element per the

defnition for Ductile steel element given in Part D.1 of ACI 318-08.

This means that the anchor has a tensile elongation of at least 14

percent and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent. PROFIS

Anchor flters out non-ductile anchor elements when D.3.3.4 is selected

as a seismic design option.

2. the design steel strengths in tension (N

sa

) and shear (V

sa

) must

be the controlling design strengths. The controlling design strength

will correspond to the highest % utilization in the tension and shear

summaries given in Part 3 (tension) and Part 4 (shear) of the PROFIS

Anchor Design Report.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.4

222

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4 (continued)

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F): yes (D.3.3.4) D.3.3.4 is selected as the seismic design option.

All of the % utilization values are 100% but N

sa

does not have the highest % utilization.

Fastening does not meet the design criteria!

The provisions of D.3.3.4 have not been satisfed.

Even if all of the % utilization values are 100%; when D.3.3.4 is selected,

the Design Steel Strength must be the controlling design strength. If N

sa

and V

sa

are not the controlling design strengths and D.3.3.4 has been

selected as the seismic design option, the Design Report will indicate that the

Fastening does not meet the design criteria.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.5

223

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5

D.3.3.5 Instead of D.3.3.4, the attachment that the

anchor is connecting to the structure shall be designed

so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding

at a force level corresponding to anchor forces no

greater than the design strength of anchors specifed

in D.3.3.3.

Select the provisions of D.3.3.5 as a seismic design option if the attachment

is being designed to yield. NOTE: PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the

base plate is rigid.

If D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, a message will appear

asking if the user would like to re-input loads corresponding to yielding of

the attachment.

If the original loads input by the user are to be modifed so that they

correspond to ductile yielding of the attachment, click on the option titled

Yes. The Enter loads option will appear and modifed loads can be input.

Click OK to close the Enter loads option.

If no load modifcation is desired, click No when the message for re-inputting

loads appears.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.5

224

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5 (continued)

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

No reduction for non-ductile failure modes is applied.

Fastening meet the design criteria!

When D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, the anchor element can

be ductile or non-ductile, and the Design Steel Strength does not need to be

the controlling design strength.

ACI 318-08 requires a reduction to be applied to Design Strengths

corresponding to non-ductile failure modes if ductility does not control the

design. PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction

nonductile

.

Since the provisions of D.3.3.5 result in a ductile failure mode controlling the

design, the non-ductile reduction is not applied and

nonductile

will be shown in

the Design Report = 1.0. Ductility is assumed to be satisfed by the ductile

yielding of the attachment.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.6

225

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.6 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

The provisions of D.3.3.6 assume that the failure mode will be brittle, i.e.,

a non-ductile failure mode. A reduction is applied to the calculated Design

Strengths for all non-ductile failure modes in both tension and shear.

Therefore, this reduction is applied to all non-steel Design Strengths as well

as Steel Design Strengths calculated for non-ductile anchor elemments.

PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction as

nonductile

.

D.1 Defnitions

Brittle steel emement An element with a

tensile test elongation of less than 14 percent,

or reduction in area of less than 30 percent,

or both.

Ductile steel element An element with a

tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent

and reduction in area of at least 30 percent.

A steel element meeting the requirements of

ASTM A307 shall be considered ductile.

D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the

anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined

in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud

bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

The defnitions given in ACI 318-08, Part D.1 for a brittle steel element and a

ductile steel element are shown to the left.

0.4

nonductile

1.0

PROFIS Anchor permits users to input values for

nonductile

ranging from the

default value of 0.4 given in D.3.3.6 to a value of 1.0. Note that ACI 318-08

permits a

nonductile

value = 0.5 to be used for anchorage into stud bearing

walls. The Commentary in RD.3.3.6 states :

The attachment of light frame stud walls typically involves multiple

anchors that allow for load redistribution. This justifes the use of a less

conservative factor for this case.

Highlight the box for

nonductile

and input input the desired value.

PROFIS Anchor defaults to using

nonductile

= 0.4.

nonductile

values other than

0.4 should be input only when consideration has been given to modifying

the load factors per the provisions of ASCE 7, or per the governing Building

Code, so as to maintain a global factor of safety that is consistent with

current anchor design practice.

Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.6

226

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 (continued)

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments

IBC 2009 contains seismic design provisions for anchorage of non-structural

components and anchors designed to resist wall out-of-plane forces.

Essentially, the ductility requirements of ACI 318-08 D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5 can

be waived for these conditions.

PROFIS Anchor users can input a value for

nonductile

= 1.0 when assuming the

provisions of IBC 1908.1.9 are relevant for their anchorage. This will permit

anchor design that includes both ductile and non-ductile anchor elements.

The Warnings section of the Design Report notes considerations that should

be made when inputting values for

nonductile

different from the ACI 318-08,

Part D.3.3.6 default value of 0.4.

ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions

227

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs seismic

calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 . . . . . . . 228

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . 229

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3 . . . . . . . 230

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . 231

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 . . . . . . 233

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 . . . . . . 235

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 . . . . . . 247

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5 . . . . . . 248

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 . . . . . . 249

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 . . . . . . 251

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 . . . . . . 253

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 . . . . . . 260

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6 . . . . . . . 261

Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7 . . . . . . . 262

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1

228

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3 contains the provisions for seismic design of

anchorages into concrete.

Seismic design provisions are used when designing anchorages that include

earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C

through F.

PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.

D.3.3.1 Anchors in structures assigned to Seismic

Design Category C, D, E, or F shall satisfy the additional

requirements of D.3.3.2 through D.3.3.7.

When Seismic design is selected, the user can select design using the

provisions of D.3.3.4 for tension load conditions, or design using the

provisions of D.3.3.5 for shear load conditions. Unlike ACI 318-08, which

requires seismic provisions to be utilized simultaneously for tension and shear

load conditions; ACI 318-11 seismic provisions can be utilized for tension

only, shear only, or both tension and shear.

When users select seismic tension as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform

calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) through (d). Likewise,

when users select seismic shear as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform

calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) through (c),

PROFIS Anchor will default to the provisions of D.3.3.4.3(a) and D.3.3.5.3(a)

when seismic design is selected. If calculations for tension only, or shear

only are desired, click on None for the load condition not requiring seismic

calculations.

Refer to the Design Guide sections on each of these options for additional

information.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2

229

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2 As noted in the commentary RD.3.3.2, the design of anchors in plastic hinge

zones is beyond the scope of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.

The design of anchors in plastic hinge zones is likewise beyond the scope of

the ACI 318-11, Appendix D version of PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.2 The provisions of Appendix D do not apply

to the design of anchors in plastic hinge zones of

concrete structures under earthquake forces.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3

230

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3 Since the implementation of strength design provisions for anchors into the

ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes, a key requirement regarding the use of post

installed anchors with these provisions, is that post-installed anchors must be

qualifed by testing according to an approved standard or criteria. The testing

provides data specifc to the performance characteristics of the anchor.

This data can then be used to design the anchor with the strength design

provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes.

ACI has developed a test standard, designated ACI 355.2, to qualify

mechanical anchors for use with the provisions of Appendix D. ACI has

likewise developed (beginning with ACI 318-11) a test standard, designated

ACI 355.4, to qualify adhesive anchors for use with the provisions of

Appendix D. The ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria designated AC193 and AC308

are used to qualify mechanical and adhesive anchors, respectively, for use

with the International Building Codes (IBC). AC193 and AC308 also utilize the

provisions of ACI 355.2 and ACI 355.4.

The illustrations to the left show how the values for N

p

, V

sa

,

uncr

and

cr

are

given in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. Post-installed anchor Evaluation

Service Reports provide data, derived from testing in accordance with the

test standards and Acceptance Criteria noted above, that can be used to

design the anchor with the strength design provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC

Building Codes.

D.3.3.3 Post-installed anchors shall be qualifed for earthquake loading in accordance with

ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4. The pullout strength N

p

and steel strength in shear V

sa

of expansion and

undercut anchors shall be based on the results of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests. For

adhesive anchors, the steel strength in shear V

sa

and the characteristic bond stresses

uncr

and

cr

shall be based on results of the ACI 355.4 Simulated Seismic Tests.

ESR-1917

Kwik Bolt-TZ

ESR-2322

HIT-RE 500-SD

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

231

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4 contains provisons for seismic design of anchors

subjected to tensile loading.

The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic

tension calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a

structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated

for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value

calculated for the overall factored load (N

ua

), seismic tension calculations do

not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal tension strengths will

be calculated per Part D.5 without any additional seismic-specifc factors.

The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These

equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)

include an earthquake component, designated E.

Per D.3.3.4.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or

Equation (9-7), the seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4 can be waived.

Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension

strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.

PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI

318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on

the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to tension load

only, and the provisions of D.3.3.4.1 have been satisfed, the Seismic design

option does not need to be selected. PROFIS Anchor calculations will be

performed per the provisions of D.5 and Table D.4.1.1.

Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) when the

earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal

to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be

performed for shear load.

D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a

single anchor or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor

tensile force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single

anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

N

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)

N

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )

N

n

N

ua

Equation (9-5)

If E 0.2N

ua

, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.

Equation (9-7)

If E 0.2N

ua

, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.

Table D.4.1.1

Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5.

Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

232

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

(continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to

the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between

factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations

performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been

factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the

governing building code.

Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the

main screen, as illustrated to the left.

Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then

clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.

When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is

subjected to tension load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.

Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads

option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5 and design

tension strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.

Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) when the

earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal

to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be

performed for shear load.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2

233

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed

in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value

calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value

calculated for the overall factored load (N

ua

).

The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These

equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)

include an earthquake component, designated E.

When the provisions of D.3.3.4.2 are utilized, nominal tension strengths will

be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension strengths will be calculated per

D.3.3.4.4, which requires an additional seismic-specifc reduction factor

of 0.75 to be applied. The tension design strength calculations performed

by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in

a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing

building code.

PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of

ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks

on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which

seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will

include seismic-specifc parameters.

Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.4.4 for

additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in

tension.

D.3.3.4.2 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors

exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile force associated with the same load combination,

anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.4.3. The anchor design tensile

strength shall be determined in accordance with D.3.3.4.4.

N

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)

N

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )

N

n

N

ua

0.75N

n

N

ua

Equation (9-5)

If E > 0.2N

ua

, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.

Equation (9-7)

If E > 0.2N

ua

, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.

Table D.4.1.1

Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5.

Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.

Seismic design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4.

1 Input data

Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)

Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d))

Shear load: no

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2

234

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2

(continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to

the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between

factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations

performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been

factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the

governing building code.

Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the

main screen, as illustrated to the left.

Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then

clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.

When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are applicable, click on the box titled

Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,

or via the Enter loads option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated

per Part D.5 and design tension strengths will be calculated per D.3.3.4.4.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

235

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) address design of a ductile anchor

element, such that the steel strength of the element is the controlling

strength for a seismic anchorage. In order to satisfy these provisions, a

check must be made to determine if the steel strength of a ductile anchor

element will be the lowest, i.e. controlling strength, versus non-steel strengths

corresponding to non-steel anchor failure modes. This check is made by

calculating the ratio of factored load to a defned strength for each possible

anchor failure mode in tension, and comparing the results to one another. If

the ratio corresponding to steel failure exceeds all of the ratios corresponding

to non-steel failure modes, the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 1 and 2

have been satisfed.

PROFIS Anchor will flter out anchor elements that are by defnition non-

ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected. Part D.1 defnes a ductile anchor

element as "An element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent

and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent".

Subsections 3 - 5 are serviceability requirements.

Subsection 6 defnes the type of reinforcing bars that can be used with the

provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a).

When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, all of the provisions in Subsections 1 - 6

must be satisfed. The Design Guide section for each subsection of

D.3.3.4.3 (a) provides specifc information about these subsections, and

their implementation into PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength

of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed

anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of

the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those

anchors. In each case:

1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.

2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering

pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For

consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly

stressed anchor.

In addition, the following shall be satisfed:

3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of

at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.

4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against

buckling.

5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over

their entire length, the ratio of f

uta

/f

ya

shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded

portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.

6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects

shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2

(a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (a).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (a) indicates a ductile failure of the

anchor element is the controlling failure mode.

If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) are selected, and the internal checks

described in Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfed, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1

using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the

-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.

PROFIS Anchor will likewise calculate the seismic tension design strength for

each relevant failure mode per Part D.3.3.4.4. An additional reduction of 0.75

will be applied to all non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates

this factor

seismic

.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

236

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) require the steel strength of a ductile

anchor element to be the controlling strength for a seismic anchorage. In

order to satisfy these provisions, the ratio of factored load to a defned

"strength" for each possible anchor failure mode in tension is calculated.

When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, PROFIS Anchor performs an internal check

using the strength values defned in Subsections 1 and 2.

Subsection 1 defnes the ratio of (factored load / strength) for steel failure.

This ratio is expressed as:

( N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

)

where: N

ua,i

= the most highly stressed anchor in the group

and

N

sa

= nominal steel strength calculated per Equation (D-2) in

Part D.5.1.2. for a cast-in-place anchor.

N

sa

= nominal steel strength given in the ICC-ES

Evaluation Service Report for a post-installed anchor

Subsection 2 defnes the ratio of (factored load / strength) for non-steel

failure. This ratio is expressed as:

( N

ua

/ N

N

)

where: N

ua

= the total factored load acting on the anchors in tension for all

failure modes except pullout

and

N

ua,i

= the most highly stressed anchor in the group (pullout)

N

N

= nominal strengths for concrete breakout, pullout, side-face

blowout and bond as applicable for a particular anchor type

(cast-in-place or post-installed).

The ratio (factored load/strength) is shown on the main screen of PROFIS

Anchor in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). If

(N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

) exceeds (N

ua

/ N

N

) for all possible non-steel failure modes

relevant to an anchor, the Utilization (%) values will be shown in black.

If the ratio (N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

) for steel failure is less than the ratio (N

ua

/ N

N

)

for any possible non-steel failure mode relevant to an anchor, the steel

Utilization (%) value, and any non-steel Utilization (%) value that exceeds

the steel value, will be shown in red. A message will appear in the Messages

pane indicating the steel strength of the anchor is not the controlling strength.

D.3.3.4.3

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength

of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed

anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of

the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those

anchors. In each case:

1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.

2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering

pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For

consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly

stressed anchor.

The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections

1 and 2 have been satisfed.

The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections

1 and 2 have not been satisfed.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

237

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2

(continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfed: design strengths are calculated per D.3.3.4.4.

If (N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

) exceeds (N

ua

/ N

N

) for all possible non-steel failure modes

relevant to an anchor, the Utilization =

N

values shown in the Tension Load

summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to

(N

ua,i

/

steel

N

sa

) for steel strength, and (N

ua

/

seismic

N

N

N

) for non-steel

strengths. The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of

the design report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal

strength provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the

selected anchor.

N

-factors will be based on the provisions of D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors

and the values given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed

anchors. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide sections on tension

calculations for more information about -factors specifc to a particular

failure mode.

The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design

report for each failure mode, will also show an additional -factor, which

PROFIS Anchor designates

seismic

, being applied to non-steel design

strengths per the provisions of D.3.3.4.4. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design

Guide section on Part D.3.3.4.4 for more information about

seismic

.

When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are not satisfed: the parameters used to check these

subsections are shown in Part 3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report.

If (N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

) is less than (N

ua

/ N

N

) for any possible non-steel failure mode

relevant to an anchor, the Utilization =

N

values shown in the Tension Load

summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to (N

ua,i

/ 1.2N

sa

)

for steel strength, and (N

ua

/ N

N

) for non-steel strengths. The statement not

recommended will appear under the heading Status for any non-steel

failure mode having a utilization that exceeds the steel strength utilization.

The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design

report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal strength

provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the selected

anchor. The

steel

value will be shown = 1.2, and the

N

values will be shown

= 1.0, for both cast-in-place anchors and post-installed anchors. The

seismic

value will also be shown = 1.0 for both cast-in-place anchors and post-

installed anchors.

Since the check required per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 has not been

satisfed, design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4 are not relevant. Instead,

the calculations given in Part 3 of the design report for each failure mode will

show the parameters used to perform the checks of Subsections 1 and 2.

This will permit the user to verify why the checks have not been satisfed.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

238

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 3 is a serviceability requirement.

Stretch length is defned in ACI 318-11, Part D.1 as the length of anchor,

extending beyond concrete in which it is anchored, subject to full tensile

load applied to anchor, and for which cross-sectional area is minimum and

constant. Examples of stretch length are illustrated in ACI 318-11,

Fig. RD.1.3. Refer to the ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 for more

information about stretch length.

Parameters related to stretch length are not within the scope of PROFIS

Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 3.

PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 3 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a)

is selected.

Information about the available thread length of Hilti post-installed anchors

can be obtained in the Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.

D.3.3.4.3

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength

of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed

anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of

the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those

anchors. In each case:

In addition, the following shall be satisfed:

3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of

at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 4 is a serviceability requirement.

When an anchor designed to include a stretch length is subjected to

compression load, buckling should be considered. The ACI 318-11

Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 suggests placing the anchor in a tube that does not

contribute to the tension capacity of the anchor. Refer to the Commentary

RD.3.3.4.3 for more information about Subsection 4.

Parameters related to anchor buckling are not within the scope of PROFIS

Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 4.

PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 4 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a)

is selected.

D.3.3.4.3

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength

of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed

anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of

the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those

anchors. In each case:

In addition, the following shall be satisfed:

4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against

buckling.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

239

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5

The provisions of subsection 5 are not within the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It

will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy subsection 5. PROFIS Anchor

will assume that subsection 5 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected.

The illustration to the left shows a steel element that is not threaded over its

entire length. The threaded portion is upset. The upset portion shall not be

included in the stretch length per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 5.

D.3.3.4.3

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength

of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed

anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of

the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those

anchors. In each case:

In addition, the following shall be satisfed:

5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over

their entire length, the ratio of f

uta

/f

ya

shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded

portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

240

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60

reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building

Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with

these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualifed Hilti adhesive

anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor

element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11

Chapter 12.

Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are

ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti

adhesive anchor systems have been modifed such that the -factors for the

steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars

correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference

ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.

The reason given for this modifcation, which differs from the assumptions

used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing

bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to defne a ductile steel

element:

14% tensile test elongation

and

30% reduction in cross-sectional area.

The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,

Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the

ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.

PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports

for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive

anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the

steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate

the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.4.3 (a) 6 and Part

21.1.5.2 in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for

ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60

reinforcing bars based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel

elements. Therefore, the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance

with the Evaluation Service Reports, but the design calculations assume

ductility per the ACI 318 Building Code.

D.3.3.4.3

(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of

the tensile load on the most highly stressed anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of the

tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those anchors. In each case:

In addition, the following shall be satisfed:

6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and

60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

241

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed

to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor

elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected.

This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the

PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (b)

is selected.

Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions

of D.3.3.4.3 (b). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software

program for base plate design !! It uses a rigid base plate assumption when

determining the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the

distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (b).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(b) indicates yielding of the attachment is

the controlling failure mode.

If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode using the

-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors

given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The tension

design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the

loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318

Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all non-

steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor

seismic

.

D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):

(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can be

transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile

yield mechanism in the attachment in fexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those

conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects for

the attachment. The anchor design tensile strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

242

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)

(continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if

they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the

attachment.

If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input

new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis

and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,

or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.

Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (b) is a tension design

parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need

to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b).

If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (b)

will remain.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input

in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by

PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a

manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing

building code.

An axial tension load has been input.

Moments are also shown acting

about the x-axis and y-axis.

Referencing Part 2 of the design

report, it can be seen that the tensile

loads are distributed among the

anchors in a manner that provides a

statically determinate solution.

The base plate is assumed to be

rigid.

Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of

D.3.3.4.3 (b).

PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base

plate design !! It calculates a resultant tension load based on the loads that

have been input by the user: axial tension, moment about the x-axis and

moment about the y-axis assuming a linear-elastic stress/strain distribution.

Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The

load distribution is statically determinate and is determined using the load

values that have been input by the user.

Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate

Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with

respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

243

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) When D.3.3.4.3 (c) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a

non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not flter

out anchor elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (c) is

selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in

the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3

(c) is selected.

The Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 cites wood sill plates as an example of the

anchorage design being controlled by an attachment that fails in a non-

ductile manner. The wood is assumed to crush prior to anchor failure. Design

of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the responsibility

of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c).

PROFIS Anchor uses a rigid base plate assumption when determining the

resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load

among the anchors in tension.

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (c).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(c) indicates a brittle failure mode controls

the design.

If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1

using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the

-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.

The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor

assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent

with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all

non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor

seismic

.

D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):

(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can

be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. The anchor design tensile

strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

244

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) is utilized when a connection design based

on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor

failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths

corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored

tension load that includes an overstrength factor

0

in the earthquake

component E. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor elements that are by

defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected. This permits all of the

cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11

seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected.

ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)

and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in

ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section

12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an

0

overstrength factor.

0

is used to calculate a design force for structures

and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground

motion caused by a seismic event. Values for

0

are given in Table 12.2-1

(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of

nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.

ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include

0

values in Chapter 13 (seismic

design of nonstructural components).

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (d).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (d) indicates a brittle failure mode

controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on

the anchorage includes an

0

overstrength factor.

If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1

using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the

-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.

The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor

assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent

with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

Part D.3.3.4.4 requires the "anchor design tensile strength for resisting

earthquake forces" to be calculated using a factor of 0.75 applied to

non-steel design strengths. Although D.3.3.4.3 (d) does not reference Part

D.3.3.4.4, PROFIS Anchor applies an additional reduction of 0.75 to all

non-steel design strengths when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected in order to be

consistent with D.3.3.4.4. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor

seismic

.

D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):

(d) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension obtained

from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by

0

. The anchor design

tensile strength shall satisfy the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

245

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)

(continued)

N

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

N

ua

= (1.2 + 0.2S

DS

) D +

0

Q

E

+1.0L + 0.2S

N

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

N

ua

= ( 0.9D - 0.2S

DS

) D +

0

Q

E

+1.6H

ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5)

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

ACI 318-11 Equation (9-7)

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

When D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they

would like to re-input factored loads that include

0

in the earthquake factor

(E).

If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input

new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis

and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,

or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.

Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (d) is a tension design

parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need

to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).

If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (d)

will remain.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input

in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by

PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a

manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing

building code.

The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show

how the

0

overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake

factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3

246

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.4.2, the seismic tension provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent

on the earthquake component of the factored tension load being greater than

20% of the total factored tension load. Therefore, per D.3.3.4.1, the tension

design for a given anchorage does not need to be performed using the

seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the earthquake component of the factored

tension load is less than or equal to 20% of the total factored tension load.

The shear design must still be performed using the seismic provisions of

D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is greater

than 20% of the total factored shear load. It is the responsibility of the user to

determine the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor.

When the earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or

equal to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still

be performed for shear load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the

seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5.3:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for tension and select None

D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a single anchor

or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile

force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single

anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

If None is selected as a seismic design option for tension, PROFIS Anchor

will calculate the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode

per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place

anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-

installed anchors.

Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been

selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for shear only,

the parameter for Tension load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in the

the illustration to the left.

Tension calculations in Part 3 of the design report will likewise not include

the 0.75 reduction factor that PROFIS Anchor designates

seismic

if None has

been selected as a seismic tension option.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4

247

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4

ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all

non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for

seismic conditions.

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as

seismic

, and

applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic

design has been selected.

D.3.3.4.4 The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from

consideration of (a) through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the

concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the concrete remains uncracked:

(a) N

sa

for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of

anchors;

(b) 0.75N

cb

or 0.75N

cbg

, except that N

cb

or N

cbg

need not be calculated where anchor

reinforcement satisfying D.5.2.9 is provided;

(c) 0.75N

pn

for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group

of anchors;

(d) 0.75N

sb

or 0.75N

sbg

; and

(e) 0.75N

a

or 0.75N

ag

where is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.

PROFIS Anchor users select seismic design provisions by clicking on the

Seismic design icon in the Loads tab.

When cast-in-place anchors have been selected, PROFIS Anchor calculates

the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors

given in D.4.3. When post-installed anchors have been selected, PROFIS

Anchor calculates the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1

using the -factors given in the anchor Evaluation Service Report. The

tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI

318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as

seismic

, and

applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when the Seismic

design option is selected.

-factors are shown in the Results section of the design report.

PROFIS Anchor users can select cracked or uncracked concrete as a design

option by clicking on the dropdown in the Base material box of the Base

material tab.

Calculations will be performed for both seismic and non-seismic conditions

using parameters corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5

248

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.4.5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5

When Part D.5.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength

in tension are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes

this failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.4.5 indicates that no additional

reduction factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design

strength of the anchor reinforcement (A

s

f

y

) calculated per D.5.2.9.

PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option

to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per

D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-

place anchor portfolio.

Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor

reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension

(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).

A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not

calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)

when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.

PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.

The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of

PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.4.5 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.5.2.9, no reduction in design

tensile strength beyond that specifed in D.5.2.9 shall be required.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1

249

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5 contains provisions for seismic design of anchors

subjected to shear loading.

The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic

shear calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a

structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated

for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value

calculated for the overall factored load (V

ua

), seismic shear calculations do

not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal shear strengths will be

calculated per Part D.6 without any additional seismic-specifc factors.

The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These

equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)

include an earthquake component, designated E.

Per D.3.3.5.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or

Equation (9-7), the seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5 can be waived.

Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6. Design shear

strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.

PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI

318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on

the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to shear load

only, and the provisions of D.3.3.5.1 have been satisfed, the Seismic design

option does not need to be selected, and PROFIS Anchor calculations will be

performed per the provisions of D.6 and Table D.4.1.1.

Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) when the

earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal

to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be

performed for tension load.

D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or

group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated

with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy

D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

V

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)

V

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )

V

n

V

ua

Equation (9-5)

If E 0.2V

ua

, waive provisions of D.3.3.5.

Equation (9-7)

If E 0.2V

ua

, waive provisions of D.3.3.5.

Table D.4.1.1

Nominal strength calculations per Part D.6.

Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1

250

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1

(continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to

the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between

factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations

performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been

factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the

governing building code.

Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the

main screen, as illustrated to the left.

Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then

clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.

When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is

subjected to shear load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.

Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads

option. Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6 and design

shear strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.

Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) when the

earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal

to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be

performed for tension load.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2

251

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed

in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value

calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value

calculated for the overall factored load (V

ua

).

The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These

equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)

include an earthquake component, designated E.

When the provisions of D.3.3.5.2 are utilized, nominal shear strengths are

calculated per Part D.6. PROFIS Anchor calculates design shear strengths

per Table D.4.1.1.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor

assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent

with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of

ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks

on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which

seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will

include seismic-specifc parameters.

Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.5.3 for

additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in shear.

D.3.3.5.2 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors

exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated with the same load combination,

anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.5.3. The anchor design shear

strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined in accordance with D.6.

V

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)

V

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )

V

n

V

ua

V

n

V

ua

Equation (9-5)

If E > 0.2V

ua

, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.

Equation (9-7)

If E > 0.2V

ua

, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.

Table D.4.1.1

Nominal strength calculations per Part D.6.

Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.

1 Input data

Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)

Tension load: no

Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (a))

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2

252

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2

(continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to

the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between

factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations

performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been

factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the

governing building code.

Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the

main screen, as illustrated to the left.

Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then

clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.

When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are applicable, click on the box titled

Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,

or via the Enter loads option. Nominal shear strengths are calculated per

Part D.6. Design shear strengths are calculated per Table D.4.1.1.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with

ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

253

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed

to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor

elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected.

This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the

PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3 (a)

is selected.

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on the icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic

design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (a).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (a) indicates yielding of the fxture is the

controlling failure mode.

If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each

relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors

given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in

the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design

strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that

are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix

D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

D.3.3.5.3 Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):

(a) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be

transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile

yield mechanism in the attachment in fexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those

conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects in the

attachment.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

254

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)

When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if

they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the

attachment.

If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to

input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the

y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load

values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load

values.

Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (a) is a shear design

parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need

to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a).

If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (a)

will remain.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input

in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by

PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a

manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing

building code.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

255

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a)

(continued)

Shear loads have been input with

respect to the x and y directions.

A torsion moment is also shown

acting about the z-axis.

Referencing Part 2 of the design

report, it can be seen that the shear

loads are distributed among the

anchors in a manner that provides a

statically determinate solution.

The base plate is assumed to be

rigid.

Design of the fxture is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the fxture to satisfy the provisions of

D.3.3.5.3 (a). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software

program for base plate design!

PROFIS Anchor calculates a resultant shear load based on the loads that

have been input by the user: shear load in the x-direction, shear load in the

y-direction and torsion moment about the z-axis. The shear design strength

calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input

have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7

and the governing building code.

Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The

load distribution is statically determinate and is based on the load values that

have been input by the user.

Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate

Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with

respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.

Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Factored Load

Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when a

torsion moment is assumed to act on the anchorage.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

256

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b) When D.3.3.5.3 (b) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a

non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not flter

out anchor elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (b) is

selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in

the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3

(b) is selected.

The Commentary RD.3.3.5 provides information relevant to the design of

anchorages controlled by the strength of a non-yielding attachment, such

as a wood sill plate. Design of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS

Anchor. It is the responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy

the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b).

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (b).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (b) indicates a brittle failure mode

controls the design.

If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each

relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors

given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in

the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design

strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that

are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix

D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

D.3.3.5.3 Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):

(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be

transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

257

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) is utilized when a connection design based

on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor

failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths

corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored shear

load that includes an overstrength factor

0

in the earthquake component E.

PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor elements that are by defnition non-

ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and

post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to

be used when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected.

ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)

and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in

ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section

12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an

0

overstrength factor.

0

is used to calculate a design force for structures

and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground

motion caused by a seismic event. Values for

0

are given in Table 12.2-1

(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of

nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.

ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include

0

values in Chapter 13 (seismic

design of nonstructural components).

PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c)

as follows:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear. and select D.3.3.5.3 (c).

The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (c) indicates a brittle failure mode

controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on

the anchorage includes an

0

overstrength factor.

If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate

the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1

using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the

-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.

The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI

318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

D.3.3.5.3 Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):

(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear obtained from

design load combinations that include E, with E increased by

0

. The anchor design shear

strength shall satisfy the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

258

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c)

(continued)

V

ua

= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S

V

ua

= (1.2 + 0.2S

DS

) D +

0

Q

E

+1.0L + 0.2S

V

ua

= 0.9D + 1.0E

V

ua

= ( 0.9D - 0.2S

DS

) D +

0

Q

E

+1.6H

ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5)

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

ACI 318-11 Equation (9-7)

ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

When D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they

would like to re-input factored loads that include

0

in the earthquake factor

(E).

If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to

input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the

y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load

values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load

values.

Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (c) is a shear design

parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need

to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).

If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (c)

will remain.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input

in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by

PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a

manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing

building code.

The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show

how the

0

overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake

factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3

259

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.5.2, the seismic shear provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent

on the earthquake component of the factored shear load being greater than

20% of the total factored shear load. Per D.3.3.5.1, the shear design for a

given anchorage does not need to be performed using the seismic provisions

of D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less

than or equal to 20% of the total factored shear load. The tension design

must still be performed using the seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the

earthquake component of the factored tension load is greater than 20% of

the total factored tension load. It is the responsibility of the user to determine

the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength

calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input

have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7

and the governing building code.

When the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or

equal to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be

performed for tension load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the

seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4.3:

(1) Click on the Loads tab.

(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.

(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select None.

D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or

group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated

with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy

D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.

If None is selected as a seismic design option for shear, PROFIS Anchor will

calculate the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table

D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors,

and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed

anchors.

Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been

selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for tension

only, the parameter for Shear load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in

the illustration to the left.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4

260

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.5.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 When Part D.6.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength

in shear are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes this

failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.5.4 indicates that no additional reduction

factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design strength of the

anchor reinforcement (A

s

f

y

) calculated per D.6.2.9.

PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option

to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per

D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-

place anchor portfolio.

Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor

reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension

(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).

A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not

calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)

when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.

PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.

The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of

PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.5.4 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.6.2.9, no reduction in design

shear strength beyond that specifed in D.6.2.9 shall be required.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6

261

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6

D.3.3.6 Single anchors or groups of anchors that are subjected to both tension and shear forces shall

be designed to satisfy the requirements of D.7, with the anchor design tensile strength calculated from

D.3.3.4.4.

ACI 318-11 Part D.7 contains provisions for checking the capacity of an

anchorage when it is subjected to both tension and shear forces. PROFIS

Anchor checks the combined tension and shear capacity of an anchorage

using the tri-linear equation given by Equation (D-42) and the parabolic

equation given in Fig. RD.7 of the Commentary RD.7.

Refer to the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more

information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for combined tension and

shear.

PROFIS Anchor calculates tension and shear design strengths for each

relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3

for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service

Report for post-installed anchors.

ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all

non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for

seismic tension conditions. The PROFIS Anchor design report designates

the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as

seismic

, and PROFIS Anchor calculations

apply this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic

design has been selected.

The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)

applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations

and designated this factor as

seismic

in the design report. It was reasoned that

the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic

provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,

it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when

calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with

PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show

seismic

= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D

seismic shear calculations.

PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current

version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for

updates.

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7

262

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7

ACI-318-11 Provisions Reference Comments

D.3.3.7 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7

ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60

reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building

Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with

these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualifed Hilti adhesive

anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor

element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11

Chapter 12.

Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are

ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti

adhesive anchor systems have been modifed such that the -factors for the

steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars

correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference

ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.

The reason given for this modifcation, which differs from the assumptions

used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing

bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to defne a ductile steel

element:

14% tensile test elongation

and

30% reduction in cross-sectional area.

The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,

Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the

ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.

PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports

for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive

anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the

steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate

the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.7 and Part 21.1.5.2

in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for ASTM A615

Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60 reinforcing bars

based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel elements. Therefore,

the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance with the Evaluation

Service Reports, but the design calculations assume ductility per the ACI 318

Building Code.

D.3.3.7 Anchor reinforcement used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F

shall be deformed reinforcement and shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the

requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.

Factored Load Calculations

263

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs

calculations to determine resultant loads and how factored

load information is presented in the Design Report.

Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Equation N

n

versus N

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Equation V

n

versus V

ua

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Resultant Tension and Shear Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Resultant Shear Load

Torsion and Shear Towards Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Resultant Shear Load

Torsion and Shear Away From Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Resultant Shear Load

Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Resultant Shear Load

Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Factored Load Calculations

Factored Load Calculations

264

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Load Factors

Variable Reference Comments

Load Factors ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4

Input loads acting on a connection via the Enter Loads box in the Loads tab

or directly via the main screen.

PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors. It is the responsibility of the user

to include factoring when inputting loads.

PROFIS Anchor calculations assume that the factored loads input by the user

correspond to the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1 and the -factors

correspond to ACI 318-08 D.4.4. Reference D.4.4: Strength reduction factor

for anchors in concrete shall be as follows when the load combinations of

9.2 are used.

Refer to the Design Strength calculations for more detailed information

regarding the various -factors utilized in PROFIS Anchor.

Factored Load Calculations

265

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equation N

n

versus N

ua

Equation Reference Comments

N

n

N

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)

PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for cast-in-

place anchors:

Design Steel Strength (N

sa

)

Design Pullout Strength (N

pn

)

Design Concrete Breakout Strength (N

cb

or N

cbg

)

Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (N

sb

or N

sbg

).

PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for post-

installed anchors:

Design Steel Strength (N

sa

)

Design Pullout Strength (N

pn,fc

) (mechanical anchors only)

Design Concrete Breakout Strength (N

cb

or N

cbg

)

Design Bond Strength (N

a

or N

ag

) (adhesive anchors only).

EQ. (D-1) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each

Design Strength.

Equation V

n

versus V

ua

Equation Reference Comments

V

n

V

ua

ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)

PROFIS Anchor calculates the following shear Design Strengths for cast-in-

place anchors and post-installed anchors:

Design Steel Strength (V

sa

)

Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm (V

s

M

)

Design Concrete Breakout Strength (V

cb

or V

cbg

)

Design Pryout Strength (V

cp

or V

cpg

).

EQ. (D-2) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each

Design Strength.

Factored Load Calculations

266

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

% Utilization

Result Reference Comments

% Utilization ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ.(D-1) and EQ. (D-2)

A summary of the resultant tension loads (N

ua

) and the tension Design

Strengths (N

N

) is shown in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor

Design Report. The illustrations to the left show how tension loads and

tension Design Strengths are summarized.

% Utilization corresponds to N

ua

/ N

N

.

If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it

indicates that N

N

N

ua

per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will

show OK under the heading Status.

If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,

it indicates that N

N

< N

ua

. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.

A summary of the resultant shear loads (V

ua

) and the shear Design Strengths

(V

N

) is shown in Part 4. Shear load of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report.

The illustrations to the left show how shear loads and shear Design Strengths

are summarized.

% Utilization corresponds to V

ua

/ V

N

.

If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it

indicates that V

N

V

ua

per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will

show OK under the heading Status.

If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,

it indicates that V

N

< V

ua

. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.

The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.

Factored Load Calculations

267

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Tension and Shear Load

Result Reference Comments

Resultant Loads

Factored loads input by the user are shown in Part 1. Input data of the

PROFIS Anchor Design Report.

The resultant tension and shear loads calculated from the factored loads

input by the user are shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces

of the Design Report.

The illustration to the left shows the resultant loads calculated by PROFIS

Anchor using the factored loads in the illustration above.

If the factored loads include moments about the x-axis or y-axis, PROFIS

Anchor calculates a resultant tension force that includes the infuence of

the moments. The resultant tension force is distributed among the anchors

determined to be in tension. Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations

for more information.

If the factored loads include a torsion moment about the z-axis, PROFIS

Anchor calculates a resultant shear force that includes the infuence of the

moment. Refer to the Resultant Shear Load fles in the Factored Load

section for more information.

Factored Load Calculations

268

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge

Result Reference Comments

2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces

Load case: Design loads

Anchor reactions [lb]

Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)

Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y

1 0 2992 2441 1731

2 0 1731 0 1731

3 0 2992 -2441 1731

4 0 3112 2441 -1931

5 0 1931 0 -1931

6 0 3112 -2441 -1931

When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that

the shear force acts towards a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a

resultant shear force (V

ua

) that considers the forces from the torsion moment

acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force

acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled

in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric

shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the

Profles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.

Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically

determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor

subjected to torsion.

PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group

(V

cbg

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. V

ua

is assumed to act

towards the fxed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fxed edge.

A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single

anchor (V

cp

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the

highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The

value for V

ua

when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load

acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied

shear force.

The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations

for the resultant shear force (V

ua

,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a

torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that

acts towards a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:

6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y

direction.

torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a

magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.

applied shear force acting towards a fxed edge in the -y direction

having a magnitude of 600 lb.

Factored Load Calculations

269

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among

each anchor 100 lb/anchor.

Anchor

Resultant

Force

Shear Force

in x direction

Shear Force

in y direction

#1 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

(+) 1731 lb

#2 1731 lb 0 lb 1831 lb - 100 lb

(+) 1731 lb

#3 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

(+) 1731 lb

#4 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

(-) 1931 lb

#5 1931 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb - 100 lb

(-) 1931 lb

#6 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb

(-) 1931 lb

First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,

then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.

Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces

tan

-1

= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87

0

cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60

F

1

= F

3

= F

4

= F

6

F

2

= F

5

F

2

= (F

1

) sin F

2

= 0.60 (F

1

)

Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor

(F

1

)(10 in) + (F

3

)(10 in) + (F

4

)(10 in) + (F

6

)(10 in) + (F

2

)(6 in) + (F

5

)(6 in)

= 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + (2F

2

)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F

1

)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

F

1

= 3051 lb F

3

= F

4

= F

6

= 3051 lb

F

2

= 0.60 (3051 lb) F

2

= F

5

= 1831 lb

The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each

anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion

force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.

Design Assumptions

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts towards the fxed concrete edge.

The x component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,x

) equals the sum of the

x direction forces nearest the fxed edge. These forces correspond to F

1,x

and F

4,x

acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection

forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.

The y component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,y

) corresponds to the net

y direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond

to F

4,y

, F

5,y

, and F

6,y

acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since

the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the

fxed edge.

Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the

net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the

fxed edge.

Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant

shear force (V

ua

) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design

assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of

V

ua

; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,

along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.

Calculate the reultant shear force V

ua

V

ua,x

= F

1,x

+ F

4,x

= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb

V

ua,y

= F

4,y

+ F

5,y

+ F

6,y

= 1931 lb + 1931 lb + 1931 lb = 5793 lb

V

ua

= (V

ua,x

)

2

+ (V

ua,y

)

2

= (4882 lb)

2

+ (5793 lb)

2

= 7576 lb

Factored Load Calculations

270

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

Design Assumptions

Concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

) is calculated for the anchors nearest the

fxed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).

The eccentricity (e

v

) for the resultant shear force (V

ua

) is assumed to equal

the perpendicular distance from V

ua

to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors

being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

).

PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fxed edge when

calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the

edge distance (c

a1

) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e

v

) will

be calculated as the distance of V

ua

from the center of anchors #1 and #4.

Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more

information about the determination of c

a1

.

tan

-1

= (V

ua,y

/ V

ua,x

) tan

-1

= (5793 lb / 4882 lb) = 49.88

0

(e

v

/ 6 in) = sin e

v

= 4.589 in

The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a

modifcation factor for eccentricity, designated

ec,V

, which is calculated when

the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.

Once e

v

has been determined,

ec,V

can be calculated. Refer to the Design

Guide section on concrete breakout in shear form more information about the

calulation of

ec,V

.

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).

V

cbg

= (A

Vc

/ A

Vc0

)

ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v

V

b

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-26) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-36).

For this example:

ec,v

= [1 / (1 + 2e

v

/ 3c

a1

)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.589 in)/(3)(6 in)))]

ec,v

= 0.662

Factored Load Calculations

271

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge

Result Reference Comments

2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces

Load case: Design loads

Anchor reactions [lb]

Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)

Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y

1 0 3112 2441 1931

2 0 1931 0 1931

3 0 3112 -2441 1931

4 0 2992 2441 -1731

5 0 1731 0 -1731

6 0 2992 -2441 -1731

When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that

the shear force acts away from a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a

resultant shear force (V

ua

) that considers the forces from the torsion moment

acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force

acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled

in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric

shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the

Profles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.

Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically

determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor

subjected to torsion.

PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group

(V

cbg

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. V

ua

is assumed to act

towards the fxed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fxed edge.

A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single

anchor (V

cp

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the

highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The

value for V

ua

when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load

acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied

shear force.

The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations

for the resultant shear force (V

ua,

) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a

torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that

acts away from a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:

6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y

direction.

torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a

magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.

applied shear force acting away from a fxed edge in the +y direction

having a magnitude of 600 lb.

Factored Load Calculations

272

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among

each anchor 100 lb/anchor.

Anchor

Resultant

Force

Shear Force

in x direction

Shear Force

in y direction

#1 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

(+) 1931 lb

#2 1931 lb 0 lb 1831 lb + 100 lb

(+) 1931 lb

#3 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

(+) 1931 lb

#4 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

(-) 1731 lb

#5 1731 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb + 100 lb

(-) 1731 lb

#6 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb

(-) 1731 lb

First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,

then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.

Equilibrium relationships

tan

-1

= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87

0

cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60

F

1

= F

3

= F

4

= F

6

F

2

= F

5

F

2

= (F

1

) sin F

2

= 0.60 (F

1

)

Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor

(F

1

)(10 in) + (F

3

)(10 in) + (F

4

)(10 in) + (F

6

)(10 in) + (F

2

)(6 in) + (F

5

)(6 in)

= 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + (2F

2

)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F

1

)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

F

1

= 3051 lb F

3

= F

4

= F

6

= 3051 lb

F

2

= 0.60 (3051 lb) F

2

= F

5

= 1831 lb

The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each

anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion

force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.

Design Assumptions

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts towards the fxed concrete edge.

The x component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,x

) equals the sum of the

x direction forces nearest the fxed edge. These forces correspond to F

1,x

and F

4,x

acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection

forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.

The y component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,y

) corresponds to the net

y direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond

to F

4,y

, F

5,y

, and F

6,y

acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since

the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the

fxed edge.

Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the

net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the

fxed edge.

Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant

shear force (V

ua

) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design

assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of

V

ua

; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,

along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.

Calculate the reultant shear force V

ua

V

ua,x

= F

1,x

+ F

4,x

= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb

V

ua,y

= F

4,y

+ F

5,y

+ F

6,y

=1731 lb + 1731 lb + 1731 lb = 5193 lb

V

ua

= (V

ua,x

)

2

+ (V

ua,y

)

2

= (4882 lb)

2

+ (5193 lb)

2

= 7127 lb

Factored Load Calculations

273

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

Design Assumptions

Concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

) is calculated for the anchors nearest the

fxed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).

The eccentricity (e

v

) for the resultant shear force (V

ua

) is assumed to equal

the perpendicular distance from V

ua

to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors

being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

).

PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fxed edge when

calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the

edge distance (c

a1

) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e

v

) will

be calculated as the distance of V

ua

from the center of anchors #1 and #4.

Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more

information about the determination of c

a1

.

tan

-1

= (V

ua,y

/ V

ua,x

) tan

-1

= (5193 lb / 4882 lb) = 46.77

0

(e

v

/ 6 in) = sin e

v

= 4.372 in

The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a

modifcation factor for eccentricity, designated

ec,V

, which is calculated when

the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.

Once e

v

has been determined,

ec,V

can be calculated. Refer to the Design

Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the

calulation of

ec,V

.

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).

V

cbg

= (A

Vc

/ A

Vc0

)

ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v

V

b

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-26) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-36).

For this example:

ec,v

= [1 / (1 + 2e

v

/ 3c

a1

)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.372 in)/(3)(6 in)))]

ec,v

= 0.673

Factored Load Calculations

274

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge

Result Reference Comments

2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces

Load case: Design loads

Anchor reactions [lb]

Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)

Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y

1 0 2971 2341 1831

2 0 1833 -100 1831

3 0 3131 -2541 1831

4 0 2971 2341 -1831

5 0 1833 -100 -1831

6 0 3131 -2541 -1831

When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that

the shear force acts parallel to a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a

resultant shear force (V

ua

) that considers the forces from the torsion moment

acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force

acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled

in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric

shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the

Profles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.

Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically

determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor

subjected to torsion.

PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group

(V

cbg

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. V

ua

is assumed to act

towards the fxed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fxed edge.

A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single

anchor (V

cp

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the

highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The

value for V

ua

when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load

acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied

shear force.

The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations

for the resultant shear force (V

ua

,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a

torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that

acts parallel to a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:

6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y

direction.

torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a

magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.

applied shear force acting parallel to a fxed edge in the -x direction

having a magnitude of 600 lb.

Factored Load Calculations

275

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among

each anchor 100 lb/anchor.

Anchor

Resultant

Force

Shear Force

in x direction

Shear Force

in y direction

#1 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

(+) 2341 lb

(3051 lb) sin

(+) 1831 lb

#2 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (+) 1831 lb

#3 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

(-) 2541 lb

(3051 lb) sin

(+) 1831 lb

#4 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

(+) 2341 lb

- (3051 lb) sin

(-) 1831 lb

#5 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (-) 1831 lb

#6 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb

(-) 2541 lb

(3051 lb) sin

(-) 1831 lb

First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,

then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.

Equilibrium relationships

tan

-1

= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87

0

cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60

F

1

= F

3

= F

4

= F

6

F

2

= F

5

F

2

= (F

1

) sin F

2

= 0.60 (F

1

)

Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor

(F

1

)(10 in) + (F

3

)(10 in) + (F

4

)(10 in) + (F

6

)(10 in) + (F

2

)(6 in) + (F

5

)(6 in)

= 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + (2F

2

)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F

1

)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

F

1

= 3051 lb F

3

= F

4

= F

6

= 3051 lb

F

2

= 0.60 (3051 lb) F

2

= F

5

= 1831 lb

The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each

anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion

force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.

Design Assumptions

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts towards the fxed concrete edge.

The x component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,x

) corresponds to (a) the

torsion component in the x direction [F(cos )] for the anchors nearest the

fxed edge minus the applied shear force acting on each of these anchors

(100 lb) plus (b) the total applied shear force acting parallel to the fxed

edge (600 lb). The direction of these forces is disregarded when calculating

V

ua,x

; therefore always subtract the applied shear force acting on each

anchor from the torsion compenent of each anchor regardless of the

direction of the forces. Only anchors #1 and #4 are considered because

they are located nearest the fxed edge.

The y component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,y

) equals the sum of the y

direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond to

F

4,y

, F

5,y

, and F

6,y

acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.

Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 because

they act away from the fxed edge.

Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant

shear force (V

ua

) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design

assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of

V

ua

; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,

along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.

Calculate the reultant shear force V

ua

V

ua,x

= [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] + [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] +

600 lb = 2341 lb +2341 lb +600 lb =5282 lb

V

ua,y

= F

4,y

+ F

5,y

+ F

6,y

= 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb

V

ua

= (V

ua,x

)

2

+ (V

ua,y

)

2

= (5282 lb)

2

+ (5493 lb)

2

= 7620 lb

Factored Load Calculations

276

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

Design Assumptions

Concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

) is calculated for the anchors nearest the

fxed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).

The eccentricity (e

v

) for the resultant shear force (V

ua

) is assumed to equal

the perpendicular distance from V

ua

to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors

being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

).

PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fxed edge when

calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the

edge distance (c

a1

) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e

v

) will

be calculated as the distance of V

ua

from the center of anchors #1 and #4.

Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more

information about the determination of c

a1

.

tan

-1

= (V

ua,y

/ V

ua,x

) tan

-1

= (5493 lb / 5282 lb) = 46.12

0

(e

v

/ 6 in) = sin e

v

= 4.325 in

The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a

modifcation factor for eccentricity, designated

ec,V

, which is calculated when

the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.

Once e

v

has been determined,

ec,V

can be calculated. Refer to the Design

Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the

calulation of

ec,V

.

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).

V

cbg

= (A

Vc

/ A

Vc0

)

ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v

V

b

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-26) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-36).

For this example:

ec,v

= [1 / (1 + 2e

v

/ 3c

a1

)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.325 in)/(3)(6 in)))]

ec,v

= 0.675

Factored Load Calculations

277

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge

Result Reference Comments

2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces

Load case: Design loads

Anchor reactions [lb]

Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)

Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y

1 0 3051 2441 1831

2 0 1831 0 1831

3 0 3051 -2441 1831

4 0 3051 2441 -1831

5 0 1831 0 -1831

6 0 3051 -2441 -1831

When a torsion moment acts on an anchorage, PROFIS Anchor calculates a

resultant shear force (V

ua

) that considers the forces from the torsion moment

acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled

in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric

shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the

Profles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.

Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically

determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor

subjected to torsion.

PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group

(V

cbg

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. V

ua

is assumed to act

towards the fxed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fxed edge.

A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.

Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single

anchor (V

cp

) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the

highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The

value for V

ua

when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load

acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment.

The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations

for the resultant shear force (V

ua

,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a

torsion moment acts on the anchorage near a fxed edge.

The example parameters are as follows:

6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y

direction.

torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a

magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.

Factored Load Calculations

278

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

Anchor

Resultant

Force

Shear Force

in x direction

Shear Force

in y direction

#1 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

(+) (3051 lb) sin

(+) 1831 lb

#2 1831 lb 0 lb (+) 1831 lb

#3 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

(+) (3051 lb) sin

(+) 1831 lb

#4 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos

(+) 2441 lb

(-) (3051 lb) sin

(-) 1831 lb

#5 1831 lb 0 lb (-) 1831 lb

#6 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos

(-) 2441 lb

(-) (3051 lb) sin

(-) 1831 lb

First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment.

Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces

tan

-1

= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87

0

cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60

F

1

= F

3

= F

4

= F

6

F

2

= F

5

F

2

= (F

1

) sin F

2

= 0.60 (F

1

)

Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor

(F

1

)(10 in) + (F

3

)(10 in) + (F

4

)(10 in) + (F

6

)(10 in) + (F

2

)(6 in) + (F

5

)(6 in)

= 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + (2F

2

)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

(4F

1

)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F

1

)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb

F

1

= 3051 lb F

3

= F

4

= F

6

= 3051 lb

F

2

= 0.60 (3051 lb) F

2

= F

5

= 1831 lb

The results are given in the table to the left.

Design Assumptions

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts towards the fxed concrete edge.

The x component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,x

) equals the sum of the

x direction forces nearest the fxed edge. These forces correspond to F

1,x

and F

4,x

acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x direction

forces acting on anchors #3 and #6.

The y component of the resultant shear force (V

ua,y

) corresponds to the y

direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond to

F

4,y

, F

5,y

, and F

6,y

acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.

Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since

these forces act away from the fxed edge.

Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant

shear force (V

ua

) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design

assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of

V

ua

; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,.

Calculate the reultant shear force V

ua

V

ua,x

= F

1,x

+ F

4,x

= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb

V

ua,y

= F

4,y

+ F

5,y

+ F

6,y

= 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb

V

ua

= (V

ua,x

)

2

+ (V

ua,y

)

2

= (4882 lb)

2

+ (5493 lb)

2

= 7349 lb

Factored Load Calculations

279

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Result Reference Comments

Design Assumptions

Concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

) is calculated for the anchors nearest the

fxed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).

The eccentricity (e

v

) for the resultant shear force (V

ua

) is assumed to equal

the perpendicular distance from V

ua

to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.

The resultant shear force (V

ua

) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors

being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (V

cbg

).

PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fxed edge when

calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the

edge distance (c

a1

) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e

v

) will

be calculated as the distance of V

ua

from the center of anchors #1 and #4.

Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more

information about the determination of c

a1

.

tan

-1

= (V

ua,y

/ V

ua,x

) tan

-1

= (5493 lb / 4882 lb) = 48.37

0

(e

v

/ 6 in) = sin e

v

= 4.485 in

The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a

modifcation factor for eccentricity, designated

ec,V

, which is calculated when

the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.

Once e

v

has been determined,

ec,V

can be calculated. Refer to the Design

Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the

calulation of

ec,V

.

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).

V

cbg

= (A

Vc

/ A

Vc0

)

ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v

V

b

Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-26) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-36).

For this example:

ec,v

= [1 / (1 + 2e

v

/ 3c

a1

)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.485 in)/(3)(6 in)))]

ec,v

= 0.667

Interaction Calculations

280

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs

calculations when combined tension and shear act on the

connection.

Equations Tri-Linear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Equations Parabolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Calculations % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Interaction Calculations

Interaction Calculations

281

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Equations Tri-Linear

Equations Reference Comments

N

ua

V

ua

_____

+

____

1.2

N

N

V

N

ACI 318-08, Part D.7.3 EQ. (D-32) PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a

tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides

optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results

using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to

using the parabolic equation.

The tri-linear equation corresponds to EQ. (D-32) in Appendix D. The sum of

the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.2.

The variable shown in the Design Report corresponds to the factor to which

each ratio will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.

= 1.0 when the tri-linear equation is used to calculate the tension/shear

interaction.

When = 1.0, a dash (-) is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

The results to the left were calculated using the tri-linear interaction equation

as follows:

N

+

V

= 0.996 + 0.147 = 1.14

(

N +

V

)

________

=

N,V

[%]

1.2

1.14

_____

= 0.95

1.2

5. Combined tension and shear loads

N

= N

u

/N

n

V

= V

u

/V

n

Utilization

N,V

[%] Status

0.996 0.147 - 95 OK

NV

= (

N

+

V

) / 1.2 1

Equations Parabolic

Equations Reference Comments

N

ua

5/3

V

ua

5/3

_____

+

____

1.0

N

N

V

N

ACI 318-08, Part RD.7 PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a

tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides

optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results

using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to

using the parabolic equation.

The parabolic equation corresponds to the equation shown in RD.7. The sum

of the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.0.

The variable shown in RD.7 corresponds to the factor to which each ratio

will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.

= 5/3 when the parabolic equation is used to calculate the tension/shear

interaction.

is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation

as follows:

N

5/3

+

V

5/3

= (0.575)

5/3

+ (0.732)

5/3

= 0.993

(

N +

V

)

________

=

N,V

[%] = 0.99

1.0

5. Combined tension and shear loads

N

= N

u

/N

n

V

= V

u

/V

n

Utilization

N,V

[%] Status

0.575 0.732 5/3 99 OK

NV

=

N

+

V

1

Interaction Calculations

282

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Calculations % Utilization

Calculation Reference Comments

Design Report, Part 5 - Combined tension and shear loads PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for

tension as

N

. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:

N

= N

u

/ N

N

PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for

shear as

V

. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:

V

= V

u

/ V

N

PROFIS Anchor designates the sum of

N

+

V

as

N,V

, which corresponds to

the % utilization.

(

N

)

+ (

V

)

=

N,V

The % utilization is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

5. Combined tension and shear loads

N

= N

u

/N

n

V

= V

u

/V

n

Utilization

N,V

[%] Status

0.549 0.499 5/3 68 OK

If the value for

N,V

, expressed as a percentage, is the controlling interaction

equation limit, the Design Report shows this value in Part 5 of the Design

Report under the heading:

Utilization

N,V

[%].

The term OK will be given under the heading Status.

The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation

as follows:

N

5/3

+

V

5/3

= (0.549)

5/3

+ (0.499)

5/3

= 0.682

(

N +

V

)

________

=

N,V

[%] = 0.68

1.0

Since

N

5/3

+

V

5/3

< 1.0 the interaction requirements have been satisfed using

this equation.

The term not recommended will

be given under the heading Status.

5. Combined tension and shear loads

N

= N

u

/N

n

V

= V

u

/V

n

Utilization

N,V

[%] Status

1.082 0.506 - - not recommended

NV

= (

N

+

V

) / 1.2 1

If the value for

N,V

, expressed as a percentage, is > the controlling interaction

equation limit, the Design Report will not show any value in Part 5 under the

heading:

Utilization

N,V

[%].

The results to the left were calculated using both the parabolic interaction

equation and the tri-linear equation as follows:

parabolic equation:

N

5/3

+

V

5/3

= (1.082)

5/3

+ (0.506)

5/3

= 1.461 > 1.0

tri-linear equation:

N

+

V

= 1.082 + 0.506 = 1.588 > 1.2

Base Plate Calculations

283

This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs base

plate calculations and uses these calculations in the context of

Strength Design provisions.

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Neutral Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Eccentricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Base Plate Calculations

Base Plate Calculations

284

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

General Information

General Information

PROFIS Anchor uses a fnite element program to determine the tension/compression force couple acting on anchors as a result of the loads that have been input by the user. Calculations are based on linear elastic theory with the

assumption that the base plate is rigid. Therefore, a linear stress distribution is used to solve for the resultant tension/compression forces and to locate the neutral axis on the base plate.

PROFIS Anchor also uses the base plate dimensions in its Finite Element analysis to determine the magnitude and location of the resultant tension/compression forces, and to locate the neutral axis when both tension and compression act

on the connection. Changing the base plate length and width results in a change in the resultant tension/compression force magnitude and in the location of the neutral axis.

PROFIS Anchor uses the base plate thickness to initially proportion the elements in the Finite Element calculations. The Finite Element calculations permit determination of a resultant bending moment which can then be used to

determine the resultant tension/compression forces. The base plate thickness is only being calculated in the context of the fnite element calculations. Adjusting the base plate thickness via the Calculate thickness option in the Solutions

tab is done in the context of being able to calculate the resultant bending moment. The option to permit PROFIS Anchor to calculate a base plate thickness has been removed from the North American versions of the software in order to

avoid the assumption that base plate design calculations are being performed.

When a resultant compression force acts on the connection, PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for the anchors determined to be in compression. Analysis related to anchor buckling under compression loads, for example,

is the responsibility of the user.

Once a resultant tension force has been calculated, it is assumed to be distributed proportionately among the anchors in tension based on their distance from the neutral axis as well as their distance from the resultant tension force. Even if

no compression force acts on the connection, PROFIS Anchor will calculate a resultant tension force and distribute it proportionately among the anchors in tension as described above.

Users can determine the location of the neutral axis using data provided in Part 2 of the Design Report but it is not necessary. Part 2 also shows the location of the resultant tension/compression forces as well as the load distribution

among the anchors in the connection.

Keep in mind that PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base plate design !!

PROFIS Anchor uses the Finite Element analysis in conjunction with the assumptions noted above to determine the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.

PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations are primarily concerned with anchor calculations.

Base Plate Calculations

285

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Neutral Axis

Neutral Axis

Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the connection geometry

input by the user. The factored loads input by the user and the location of the

loads with respect to the center of the base plate are also shown. Geometry

and load parameters are input via the following tabs:

Base material enter concrete compressive strength, geometry and

installation parameters.

Anchor Plate enter base plate geometry and stand-off conditions

Anchor Layout enter anchor layout geometry and embedment depth

Profles select a profle section and locate it on the base plate

Loads select a design method (Strength Design or Allowable Stress

Design), anchor type (cast-in-place or post-installed), load

conditions (seismic or non-seismic) and input load values.

Parameters can also be input directly via the main screen. Click on the View

tab and check the parameters in the box titled Model designations to show

a parameter on the main screen. Place the cursor over a parameter on the

main screen and input a value, then click again. The value will apear on the

main screen.

Base Plate Calculations

286

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Neutral Axis (continued)

Neutral Axis

Using the loads input via the Loads tab or via the main screen, PROFIS

Anchor calculates the resultant loads acting on the connection. Part 2 of the

Design Report shows the resultant loads acting on the connection.

When the loads that have been input create a condition where some of

the anchors are in tension and some are in compression, PROFIS Anchor

calculates a resultant tension and compression load. The magnitude of the

resultant tension and compression loads, and their location with respect

to the center of the base plate, are shown beneath the table titled Anchor

Reactions.

The table Anchor Reactions summarizes the tension and shear loads acting

on each anchor in the connnection. The sum of the tension loads shown in

the table equals the resultant tension load.

The sum of the shear loads shown in the table equals the resultant shear

load. The summary of shear calculations given Part 4 of the Design Report

will show the resultant shear load acting on a single anchor (steel strength

values) and acting on the group of anchors (concrete breakout and pryout

values). Refer to the section on Factored Loads for more information about

calculation of the resultant shear load.

PROFIS Anchor calculations utilize the theory of elasticity and assume the

base plate is rigid. The stiffness of the base plate is therefore assumed to be

greater than the stiffness of the anchors. This permits a linear stress/strain

distribution to be utilized.

Following is an explanation of the correlation between the stress and strain

values given in Part 2 of the Design Report. These stress/strain parameters

pertain to the concrete. Values are taken from the illustration to the left.

c

E

c

=

___

where E

c

= 30,000 MPa

c

Convert into psi: (30,000 MPa)(145.04) = 4,351,200 psi.

NOTE: The value for E

c

used by PROFIS Anchor differs from that

calculated for normal weight concrete via ACI 318-08, Part 8.5:

E

c

= 57,000 f

c

c

661 psi

c

=

___

=

_____________

= 0.000152

E

c

4,351,200 psi

Multiply by 1000 to get the value shown in the Design Report

c

= 0.15 [

0

/00]

Base Plate Calculations

287

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Neutral Axis (continued)

Neutral Axis

The illustration in Part 2 of the Design Report has been enhanced to show

the base plate dimensions and the tension/compression parameters.

Assuming a linear stress/strain distribution, the volume of the compression

stress beneath the portion of the base plate that is in compression can be set

equal to the resultant compression force (C

R

).

Solving for x gives the distance in the x-direction of the neutral axis from the

left end of the base plate.

The x-y coordinates for the resultant tension and compression loads are

given in Part 2 of the Design Report.

Knowing the location of the neutral axis and the location of the resultant

tension and compression loads with respect to the x and y axes, the location

of these loads with respect to the neutral axis can be calculated.

Base Plate Calculations

288

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Neutral Axis (continued)

Neutral Axis

The calculated location of the neutral axis can be checked for accuracy using

statics.

The applied moment acting on the connection, as input by the user, is shown

in Part 1 of the Design Report.

Sum the moments using the values calculated for the distance of the

resultant tension and compression loads from the neutral axis.

There are four anchors in tension and T

R

is assumed to be distributed as

shown among the anchors based on their location from the neutral axis.

Refer to Part 2. Load case/Resulting Anchor forces in the Design Report.

This table summarizes the tension and shear loads acting on each anchor in

the connnection.

Anchor #1, #2, #4 and #5 are in tension for this application. The resultant

tension load (T

R

) is assumed to be distributed among the anchors in tension

based on the location of each anchor from the neutral axis. The sum of the

tension loads shown in the table to the left equals the resultant tension load.

Base Plate Calculations

289

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Neutral Axis (continued)

Neutral Axis

A fnal check on the PROFIS Anchor calculations can be made using hand

calculations and the connection geometry.

Base Plate Calculations

290

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Eccentricity

Eccentricity

PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to

determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variables (e

N

).

The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.

The bending moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors

1, 2, 4 and 5 being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is

calculated using a fnite element program. Refer to the section on General

Information for more information about the Finite Element calculations.

Refer to the section on Neutral Axis for more information on resultant load

calculations.

For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the

x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e

N

corresponds

to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the

modifcation factor for eccentricity:

ec1,N

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout

strength (N

cbg

).

ec1,Na

= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (N

ag

).

Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.

e

c1,N

is defned as the distance in the x direction of the resultant tension load

from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T

R

) is located

4.438 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only

four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the

anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base

plate in the +x direction.

The tension ecccentricity (e

c1,N

) = 1.438 in.

Base Plate Calculations

291

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Eccentricity (continued)

Eccentricity

Part 3 Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension

eccentricity (e

N

) that are used to calculate the modifcation factors for

eccentricity

ecxx,Nxx

. Values for both parameters are given for eccentricity

with respect to the x-axis and with respect to the y-axis. The shear

eccentricity (e

V

) and the corresponding modifcation factor for eccentricity

ec,V

are given in Part 4 Shear load of the Design Report.

The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables

for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. The example shown pertains

to Bond Strength and would be shown in Part 3 Tension load of the Design

Report. If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes

this value as e

c1,N

. The value for e

c1,N

equals the distance in the x-direction

between the resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are

in tension. The Design Report shows e

c1,N

in the Variables section of the

Bond Strength design parameters. e

c1N

= 1.438 in for this application.

If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e

c2,N

. The value for e

c2,N

equals the distance in the y-direction between the

resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

The Design Report shows e

c2,N

in the Variables section of the Bond Strength

design parameters. e

c2,N

= 0 in for this application.

The Design Report shows the modifcation factors for tension eccentricity

(

ecxx,Nxx

) in Part 3 Tension load. Values are given for eccentricity with respect

to the x-axis and with respect to the y-axis. If eccentricity in the x-direction

exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the modifcation factor for eccentricity as

ec1,Nxx

. If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the

modifcation factor for eccentricity as

ec2,Nxx

.

1

1

ec1,Na

=

________

=

____________

= 0.874

2 e

N

2 (1.438)

1 +

____

1 +

________

s

cr,Na

19.931

ICC-ES AC308 Equation (D-16j)

The Bond Strength modifcation factor for eccentricity (

ecxx,Na

) is calculated

using ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16j). The Design Report shows the calculated

values for

ecxx,Na

in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design

parameters.

The Concrete Breakout Strength modifcation factor for eccentricity (

ecxx,N

)

is calculated using ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-9). The Design Report shows the

calculated values for

ecxx,N

in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Breakout Strength design parameters.

The shear modifcation factor for eccentricity

ec,V

is calculated using ACI

318-08 EQ.(D-26) and is given in Part 4 Shear load of the Design Report.

For this example,

ec1,Na

correponding to the modifcation factor for

eccentricity with respect to the x-direction for Bond Strength equals 0.874.

Since there is no eccentricity in the y-direction, the value for

ec2,Na

= 1.0.

Base Plate Calculations

292

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca

Eccentricity (continued)

Eccentricity

1

1

ec1,N

=

________

=

____________

= 0.94

2 e

N

2 (1.438)

1 +

____

1 +

_________

3h

ef

3 (15.000)

ACI 318-08 Equation (D-9)

The illustrations to the left pertain to Concrete Breakout Strength and would

be shown in Part 3 Tension load of the Design Report.

Eccentricity in the x-direction of 1.438 in exists. This value is denoted e

c1,N

.

No eccentricity in the y-direction exists, so the value corresponding to

eccentricity in the y-direction, e

c2,N

, is shown = 0.00.

ec1,N

correponding to the modifcation factor for eccentricity with respect to

the x-direction for Concrete Breakout Strength equals 0.94.

If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the

modifcation factor for eccentricity as

ec2,N

. The value for

ec2,N

for this

example = 1.0.

- LY and LZ Explained.pdfDiunggah olehLaurence Arcon Banal
- Deflection Limits for CraneDiunggah olehNugraha Bintang
- ACI 355.4M-11 - Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete and Commentary (Metric)Diunggah olehLorea Elvis
- Solution of SOM ProblemsDiunggah olehsirwaramesh
- 21 Design of Leaf SpringsDiunggah olehPRASAD326
- aluminium-2014-t6-2014-t651Diunggah olehAgung Sapto Aji
- AISC Night School 16 Session 5Diunggah olehLCS
- OBE Lecture Plan EME1066 2011 12 Rev5Diunggah olehGreen Grim
- Calculated Engineering for chassisDiunggah olehrery1985
- Project Green Sohaib Anwar114883Diunggah olehyasirkazmi856
- HILTI Profis Users Manual v1.10Diunggah olehkensei1219
- EIJCSE2040Diunggah olehdm763224
- Seismic Design Steel Structures 2005Diunggah olehJamal Muhammad Bahajaj
- jjjDiunggah olehmariana_dragomir_2
- push 13 2012.pdfDiunggah olehАвирмэдийн Гэрэлболд
- ProfArtsPharm HoQ YQ-2Diunggah olehCristina Reed
- HILTI PROFIS Anchor Design GuideDiunggah oleharun_angshu
- Duct IlityDiunggah olehJpver1000
- Ciprotec - PIB - 1. Auflage - Engl.Diunggah olehStelian Constantinescu
- mae 311 gate 4 final version-2Diunggah olehapi-319437318
- 14_S10-027Diunggah oleheros
- 8333-88-6Diunggah olehoundhakar
- Analyzed File 1Diunggah olehMaruan Muhammad
- tdDiunggah olehJlorenz Amandy
- B SBA DiscBearingAssembly DATA v004Diunggah olehaapennsylvania
- MArk Viray POgi.docxDiunggah olehAnthony Macalindong
- Shear.pptDiunggah olehUpulHettiarachchi
- 107 1 NTU SDS 2 2 Simplified Calculation of PeriodDiunggah oleh陳俊鴻
- NLA_TALL_BUILDING_NEAR_FAULT.pdfDiunggah olehsabareesan09
- Failures Arising From Bad Material SelectionDiunggah olehMuhammad Umair

- Guide to Extending Your HomeDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Building Control Submissions June 2015 FinalDiunggah olehChris Evans
- CDM 2015Diunggah olehTariq Akhtar
- Cdm 2015 Clients Printer FriendlyDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Erection Engineering - The Science Behind the ArtDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Design of Crane Steel beamsDiunggah olehshak543
- Pyramus and Thisbe eBookDiunggah olehChris Evans
- IG intels brochureDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Modelling of Steel Structures for Structural AnalysisDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Concrete Centre Spreadsheet User GuidesDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Lintel Brochure 1Diunggah olehChris Evans
- Designed & Detailed - BS 8110 (1997)Diunggah olehChris Evans
- NZS 4671 (2001) - Steel Reinforcing Materials.pdfDiunggah olehChris Evans
- ARC Reinforcement Handbook - 6th EdDiunggah olehChris Evans
- The Advantages of Using Structural Steel in ConstructionDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Edcl - Divers vs Rovs & AuvsDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Structures to Resist the Effects of Blast Loading ufc_3_340_02_pdfDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Approximate Methods of AnalysisDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Construction SafetyDiunggah olehRajesh Parekh
- Westok Software User Guide_v5aDiunggah olehChris Evans
- ASCE Wind (Petrochecmical Facilities)Diunggah olehChris Evans
- Part 2 (Section 2) - Wind LoadingDiunggah olehChris Evans
- Dorman Long - Handbook 1906Diunggah olehChris Evans

- Thin ShellsDiunggah olehUmange Ranasinghe
- catalogo filtros whatman tamaño PORODiunggah olehmizukikami
- 222543013-127527976-STPM-Physics-Experiment-8-Earth-s-Magnetic-Field-Second-Term.pdfDiunggah olehVishalinie Raman
- theories_of_failure.pptDiunggah olehAnonymous 6HADGUEXD
- Article Kluwer Part-1Diunggah olehamd mhm
- TESTING OF HIGH STRENGTH STEEL-CONCRETE COMPOSITE STUB COLUMNS UNDER UNIAXIAL LOAD.Diunggah olehIJAR Journal
- UsydDiunggah olehFlynn Gould
- AAE 352 Course Text Weisshaar 2011Diunggah olehBhavya Anoohya
- ADVANCED CONCRETE STRUCTUREDiunggah olehAmit Thoriya
- Composites BasicsDiunggah olehHesham Abd Elaziz Afifi
- Https Www.elkem.com Global ESM Support Technical-papers Refractories 37-The Use of Microsilica in Refractory CastablesDiunggah olehSachin Sahoo
- JIS G3462.pdfDiunggah olehhbook
- Soil TestsDiunggah olehIqbal Aamer
- List of MCI Materials and Others - CopyDiunggah olehVictoria Thomas
- F1350.1479757-1Diunggah olehThaweekarn Changthong
- 09-SAMSS-091Diunggah olehSohail Tisekar
- Post Tensioned Concrete Floors Amr Abdelrahman Ain ShamsDiunggah olehaminjoles
- Foudation Design Philosophy for Rotating Equipment-Civil Design HelpDiunggah olehlavitaloca
- Catalogo FemopanelDiunggah olehRafaeldiaz
- Deflection 10Diunggah olehbagmass
- Fabrication and Testing of Natural Fiber Reinforced Hybrid Composites BananaPineappleDiunggah olehMurthy Mandalika
- Theory of FlocculationDiunggah olehAyu Humaira Muchlis
- Appendix B Motorola R56!09!01 05Diunggah olehRamesh Ananthanarayanan
- CalorDiunggah olehAlex Angel
- Amanda_carbon Silica CompositeDiunggah olehDupalau Daniel Ioan
- TopweldH01N2-D.pdfDiunggah olehCesarDIazKalazich
- compression lectureDiunggah olehOscar Waiharo
- Loaded Flat PlatesDiunggah olehJay Mej
- NCh974.Of1986Diunggah olehFernando Ariel Herrera Jeldres
- OJAY 1ST PUBLICATION.pdfDiunggah olehvenkatrangan2003

## Lebih dari sekadar dokumen.

Temukan segala yang ditawarkan Scribd, termasuk buku dan buku audio dari penerbit-penerbit terkemuka.

Batalkan kapan saja.